| 1 | 24 | jeremybenn | /* Intel 80386/80486-specific support for 32-bit ELF
 | 
      
         | 2 |  |  |    Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
 | 
      
         | 3 | 225 | jeremybenn |    2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 | 
      
         | 4 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 5 |  |  |    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
 | 
      
         | 6 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 7 |  |  |    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 | 
      
         | 8 |  |  |    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 | 
      
         | 9 |  |  |    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
 | 
      
         | 10 |  |  |    (at your option) any later version.
 | 
      
         | 11 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 12 |  |  |    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 | 
      
         | 13 |  |  |    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 | 
      
         | 14 |  |  |    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 | 
      
         | 15 |  |  |    GNU General Public License for more details.
 | 
      
         | 16 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 17 |  |  |    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 | 
      
         | 18 |  |  |    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 | 
      
         | 19 |  |  |    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
 | 
      
         | 20 |  |  |    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
 | 
      
         | 21 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 22 |  |  | #include "sysdep.h"
 | 
      
         | 23 |  |  | #include "bfd.h"
 | 
      
         | 24 |  |  | #include "bfdlink.h"
 | 
      
         | 25 |  |  | #include "libbfd.h"
 | 
      
         | 26 |  |  | #include "elf-bfd.h"
 | 
      
         | 27 |  |  | #include "elf-vxworks.h"
 | 
      
         | 28 |  |  | #include "bfd_stdint.h"
 | 
      
         | 29 | 225 | jeremybenn | #include "objalloc.h"
 | 
      
         | 30 |  |  | #include "hashtab.h"
 | 
      
         | 31 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 32 |  |  | /* 386 uses REL relocations instead of RELA.  */
 | 
      
         | 33 |  |  | #define USE_REL 1
 | 
      
         | 34 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 35 |  |  | #include "elf/i386.h"
 | 
      
         | 36 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 37 |  |  | static reloc_howto_type elf_howto_table[]=
 | 
      
         | 38 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 39 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_NONE, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 40 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_NONE",
 | 
      
         | 41 |  |  |         TRUE, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 42 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 43 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_32",
 | 
      
         | 44 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 45 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_PC32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 46 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC32",
 | 
      
         | 47 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
 | 
      
         | 48 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_GOT32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 49 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOT32",
 | 
      
         | 50 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 51 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_PLT32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 52 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PLT32",
 | 
      
         | 53 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
 | 
      
         | 54 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_COPY, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 55 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_COPY",
 | 
      
         | 56 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 57 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_GLOB_DAT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 58 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GLOB_DAT",
 | 
      
         | 59 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 60 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_JUMP_SLOT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 61 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_JUMP_SLOT",
 | 
      
         | 62 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 63 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_RELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 64 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_RELATIVE",
 | 
      
         | 65 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 66 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_GOTOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 67 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTOFF",
 | 
      
         | 68 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 69 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_GOTPC, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 70 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTPC",
 | 
      
         | 71 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
 | 
      
         | 72 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 73 |  |  |   /* We have a gap in the reloc numbers here.
 | 
      
         | 74 |  |  |      R_386_standard counts the number up to this point, and
 | 
      
         | 75 |  |  |      R_386_ext_offset is the value to subtract from a reloc type of
 | 
      
         | 76 |  |  |      R_386_16 thru R_386_PC8 to form an index into this table.  */
 | 
      
         | 77 |  |  | #define R_386_standard (R_386_GOTPC + 1)
 | 
      
         | 78 |  |  | #define R_386_ext_offset (R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_standard)
 | 
      
         | 79 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 80 |  |  |   /* These relocs are a GNU extension.  */
 | 
      
         | 81 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 82 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF",
 | 
      
         | 83 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 84 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 85 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE",
 | 
      
         | 86 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 87 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTIE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 88 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTIE",
 | 
      
         | 89 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 90 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 91 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE",
 | 
      
         | 92 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 93 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GD, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 94 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GD",
 | 
      
         | 95 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 96 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDM, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 97 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDM",
 | 
      
         | 98 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 99 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_16, 0, 1, 16, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 100 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_16",
 | 
      
         | 101 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 102 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_PC16, 0, 1, 16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 103 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC16",
 | 
      
         | 104 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, TRUE),
 | 
      
         | 105 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_8, 0, 0, 8, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 106 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_8",
 | 
      
         | 107 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 108 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_PC8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
 | 
      
         | 109 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC8",
 | 
      
         | 110 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, TRUE),
 | 
      
         | 111 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 112 |  |  | #define R_386_ext (R_386_PC8 + 1 - R_386_ext_offset)
 | 
      
         | 113 |  |  | #define R_386_tls_offset (R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_ext)
 | 
      
         | 114 |  |  |   /* These are common with Solaris TLS implementation.  */
 | 
      
         | 115 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDO_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 116 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDO_32",
 | 
      
         | 117 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 118 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 119 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE_32",
 | 
      
         | 120 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 121 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 122 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE_32",
 | 
      
         | 123 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 124 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 125 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32",
 | 
      
         | 126 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 127 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 128 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32",
 | 
      
         | 129 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 130 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 131 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF32",
 | 
      
         | 132 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 133 |  |  |   EMPTY_HOWTO (38),
 | 
      
         | 134 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTDESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 135 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTDESC",
 | 
      
         | 136 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 137 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont,
 | 
      
         | 138 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL",
 | 
      
         | 139 |  |  |         FALSE, 0, 0, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 140 |  |  |   HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 141 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC",
 | 
      
         | 142 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 143 | 225 | jeremybenn |   HOWTO(R_386_IRELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
 | 
      
         | 144 |  |  |         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_IRELATIVE",
 | 
      
         | 145 |  |  |         TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
 | 
      
         | 146 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 147 |  |  |   /* Another gap.  */
 | 
      
         | 148 | 225 | jeremybenn | #define R_386_irelative (R_386_IRELATIVE + 1 - R_386_tls_offset)
 | 
      
         | 149 |  |  | #define R_386_vt_offset (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_irelative)
 | 
      
         | 150 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 151 |  |  | /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
 | 
      
         | 152 |  |  |   HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT,   /* type */
 | 
      
         | 153 |  |  |          0,                      /* rightshift */
 | 
      
         | 154 |  |  |          2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
 | 
      
         | 155 |  |  |          0,                      /* bitsize */
 | 
      
         | 156 |  |  |          FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
 | 
      
         | 157 |  |  |          0,                      /* bitpos */
 | 
      
         | 158 |  |  |          complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
 | 
      
         | 159 |  |  |          NULL,                  /* special_function */
 | 
      
         | 160 |  |  |          "R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */
 | 
      
         | 161 |  |  |          FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
 | 
      
         | 162 |  |  |          0,                      /* src_mask */
 | 
      
         | 163 |  |  |          0,                      /* dst_mask */
 | 
      
         | 164 |  |  |          FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
 | 
      
         | 165 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 166 |  |  | /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
 | 
      
         | 167 |  |  |   HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY,     /* type */
 | 
      
         | 168 |  |  |          0,                      /* rightshift */
 | 
      
         | 169 |  |  |          2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
 | 
      
         | 170 |  |  |          0,                      /* bitsize */
 | 
      
         | 171 |  |  |          FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
 | 
      
         | 172 |  |  |          0,                      /* bitpos */
 | 
      
         | 173 |  |  |          complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
 | 
      
         | 174 |  |  |          _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
 | 
      
         | 175 |  |  |          "R_386_GNU_VTENTRY",   /* name */
 | 
      
         | 176 |  |  |          FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
 | 
      
         | 177 |  |  |          0,                      /* src_mask */
 | 
      
         | 178 |  |  |          0,                      /* dst_mask */
 | 
      
         | 179 |  |  |          FALSE)                 /* pcrel_offset */
 | 
      
         | 180 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 181 |  |  | #define R_386_vt (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY + 1 - R_386_vt_offset)
 | 
      
         | 182 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 183 |  |  | };
 | 
      
         | 184 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 185 |  |  | #ifdef DEBUG_GEN_RELOC
 | 
      
         | 186 |  |  | #define TRACE(str) \
 | 
      
         | 187 |  |  |   fprintf (stderr, "i386 bfd reloc lookup %d (%s)\n", code, str)
 | 
      
         | 188 |  |  | #else
 | 
      
         | 189 |  |  | #define TRACE(str)
 | 
      
         | 190 |  |  | #endif
 | 
      
         | 191 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 192 |  |  | static reloc_howto_type *
 | 
      
         | 193 |  |  | elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
 | 
      
         | 194 |  |  |                             bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
 | 
      
         | 195 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 196 |  |  |   switch (code)
 | 
      
         | 197 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 198 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_NONE:
 | 
      
         | 199 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_NONE");
 | 
      
         | 200 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_NONE];
 | 
      
         | 201 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 202 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_32:
 | 
      
         | 203 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_32");
 | 
      
         | 204 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32];
 | 
      
         | 205 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 206 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_CTOR:
 | 
      
         | 207 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_CTOR");
 | 
      
         | 208 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32];
 | 
      
         | 209 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 210 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:
 | 
      
         | 211 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_PC32");
 | 
      
         | 212 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC32];
 | 
      
         | 213 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 214 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32:
 | 
      
         | 215 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32");
 | 
      
         | 216 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOT32];
 | 
      
         | 217 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 218 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32:
 | 
      
         | 219 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32");
 | 
      
         | 220 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PLT32];
 | 
      
         | 221 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 222 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_COPY:
 | 
      
         | 223 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_COPY");
 | 
      
         | 224 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_COPY];
 | 
      
         | 225 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 226 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT:
 | 
      
         | 227 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT");
 | 
      
         | 228 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GLOB_DAT];
 | 
      
         | 229 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 230 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT:
 | 
      
         | 231 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT");
 | 
      
         | 232 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_JUMP_SLOT];
 | 
      
         | 233 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 234 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE:
 | 
      
         | 235 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE");
 | 
      
         | 236 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_RELATIVE];
 | 
      
         | 237 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 238 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF:
 | 
      
         | 239 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF");
 | 
      
         | 240 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTOFF];
 | 
      
         | 241 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 242 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC:
 | 
      
         | 243 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC");
 | 
      
         | 244 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTPC];
 | 
      
         | 245 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 246 |  |  |       /* These relocs are a GNU extension.  */
 | 
      
         | 247 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF:
 | 
      
         | 248 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF");
 | 
      
         | 249 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_ext_offset];
 | 
      
         | 250 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 251 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE:
 | 
      
         | 252 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE");
 | 
      
         | 253 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE - R_386_ext_offset];
 | 
      
         | 254 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 255 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE:
 | 
      
         | 256 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE");
 | 
      
         | 257 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTIE - R_386_ext_offset];
 | 
      
         | 258 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 259 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE:
 | 
      
         | 260 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE");
 | 
      
         | 261 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE - R_386_ext_offset];
 | 
      
         | 262 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 263 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD:
 | 
      
         | 264 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD");
 | 
      
         | 265 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GD - R_386_ext_offset];
 | 
      
         | 266 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 267 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM:
 | 
      
         | 268 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM");
 | 
      
         | 269 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDM - R_386_ext_offset];
 | 
      
         | 270 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 271 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_16:
 | 
      
         | 272 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16");
 | 
      
         | 273 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_16 - R_386_ext_offset];
 | 
      
         | 274 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 275 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL:
 | 
      
         | 276 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL");
 | 
      
         | 277 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC16 - R_386_ext_offset];
 | 
      
         | 278 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 279 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_8:
 | 
      
         | 280 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8");
 | 
      
         | 281 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_8 - R_386_ext_offset];
 | 
      
         | 282 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 283 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL:
 | 
      
         | 284 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL");
 | 
      
         | 285 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC8 - R_386_ext_offset];
 | 
      
         | 286 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 287 |  |  |     /* Common with Sun TLS implementation.  */
 | 
      
         | 288 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32:
 | 
      
         | 289 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32");
 | 
      
         | 290 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_tls_offset];
 | 
      
         | 291 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 292 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32:
 | 
      
         | 293 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32");
 | 
      
         | 294 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE_32 - R_386_tls_offset];
 | 
      
         | 295 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 296 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32:
 | 
      
         | 297 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32");
 | 
      
         | 298 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE_32 - R_386_tls_offset];
 | 
      
         | 299 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 300 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32:
 | 
      
         | 301 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32");
 | 
      
         | 302 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32 - R_386_tls_offset];
 | 
      
         | 303 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 304 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32:
 | 
      
         | 305 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32");
 | 
      
         | 306 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset];
 | 
      
         | 307 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 308 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32:
 | 
      
         | 309 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32");
 | 
      
         | 310 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset];
 | 
      
         | 311 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 312 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
 | 
      
         | 313 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC");
 | 
      
         | 314 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTDESC - R_386_tls_offset];
 | 
      
         | 315 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 316 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
 | 
      
         | 317 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL");
 | 
      
         | 318 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL - R_386_tls_offset];
 | 
      
         | 319 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 320 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC:
 | 
      
         | 321 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC");
 | 
      
         | 322 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC - R_386_tls_offset];
 | 
      
         | 323 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 324 | 225 | jeremybenn |     case BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE:
 | 
      
         | 325 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE");
 | 
      
         | 326 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_IRELATIVE];
 | 
      
         | 327 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 328 | 24 | jeremybenn |     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
 | 
      
         | 329 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT");
 | 
      
         | 330 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_vt_offset];
 | 
      
         | 331 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 332 |  |  |     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
 | 
      
         | 333 |  |  |       TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY");
 | 
      
         | 334 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTENTRY - R_386_vt_offset];
 | 
      
         | 335 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 336 |  |  |     default:
 | 
      
         | 337 |  |  |       break;
 | 
      
         | 338 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 339 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 340 |  |  |   TRACE ("Unknown");
 | 
      
         | 341 |  |  |   return 0;
 | 
      
         | 342 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 343 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 344 |  |  | static reloc_howto_type *
 | 
      
         | 345 |  |  | elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
 | 
      
         | 346 |  |  |                             const char *r_name)
 | 
      
         | 347 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 348 |  |  |   unsigned int i;
 | 
      
         | 349 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 350 |  |  |   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (elf_howto_table) / sizeof (elf_howto_table[0]); i++)
 | 
      
         | 351 |  |  |     if (elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
 | 
      
         | 352 |  |  |         && strcasecmp (elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
 | 
      
         | 353 |  |  |       return &elf_howto_table[i];
 | 
      
         | 354 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 355 |  |  |   return NULL;
 | 
      
         | 356 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 357 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 358 |  |  | static reloc_howto_type *
 | 
      
         | 359 |  |  | elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, unsigned r_type)
 | 
      
         | 360 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 361 |  |  |   unsigned int indx;
 | 
      
         | 362 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 363 |  |  |   if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard
 | 
      
         | 364 |  |  |       && ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard
 | 
      
         | 365 |  |  |           >= R_386_ext - R_386_standard)
 | 
      
         | 366 |  |  |       && ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext
 | 
      
         | 367 | 225 | jeremybenn |           >= R_386_irelative - R_386_ext)
 | 
      
         | 368 |  |  |       && ((indx = r_type - R_386_vt_offset) - R_386_irelative
 | 
      
         | 369 |  |  |           >= R_386_vt - R_386_irelative))
 | 
      
         | 370 | 24 | jeremybenn |     {
 | 
      
         | 371 |  |  |       (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
 | 
      
         | 372 |  |  |                              abfd, (int) r_type);
 | 
      
         | 373 |  |  |       indx = R_386_NONE;
 | 
      
         | 374 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 375 |  |  |   BFD_ASSERT (elf_howto_table [indx].type == r_type);
 | 
      
         | 376 |  |  |   return &elf_howto_table[indx];
 | 
      
         | 377 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 378 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 379 |  |  | static void
 | 
      
         | 380 |  |  | elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
 | 
      
         | 381 |  |  |                             arelent *cache_ptr,
 | 
      
         | 382 |  |  |                             Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
 | 
      
         | 383 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 384 |  |  |   unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
 | 
      
         | 385 |  |  |   cache_ptr->howto = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, r_type);
 | 
      
         | 386 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 387 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 388 |  |  | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local label.  The UnixWare
 | 
      
         | 389 |  |  |    2.1 cc generates temporary symbols that start with .X, so we
 | 
      
         | 390 |  |  |    recognize them here.  FIXME: do other SVR4 compilers also use .X?.
 | 
      
         | 391 |  |  |    If so, we should move the .X recognition into
 | 
      
         | 392 |  |  |    _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name.  */
 | 
      
         | 393 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 394 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 395 |  |  | elf_i386_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
 | 
      
         | 396 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 397 |  |  |   if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'X')
 | 
      
         | 398 |  |  |     return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 399 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 400 |  |  |   return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name);
 | 
      
         | 401 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 402 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 403 |  |  | /* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
 | 
      
         | 404 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 405 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 406 |  |  | elf_i386_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
 | 
      
         | 407 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 408 |  |  |   int offset;
 | 
      
         | 409 |  |  |   size_t size;
 | 
      
         | 410 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 411 |  |  |   if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0)
 | 
      
         | 412 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 413 |  |  |       int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
 | 
      
         | 414 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 415 |  |  |       if (pr_version != 1)
 | 
      
         | 416 |  |  |         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 417 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 418 |  |  |       /* pr_cursig */
 | 
      
         | 419 |  |  |       elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 20);
 | 
      
         | 420 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 421 |  |  |       /* pr_pid */
 | 
      
         | 422 |  |  |       elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
 | 
      
         | 423 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 424 |  |  |       /* pr_reg */
 | 
      
         | 425 |  |  |       offset = 28;
 | 
      
         | 426 |  |  |       size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
 | 
      
         | 427 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 428 |  |  |   else
 | 
      
         | 429 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 430 |  |  |       switch (note->descsz)
 | 
      
         | 431 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 432 |  |  |         default:
 | 
      
         | 433 |  |  |           return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 434 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 435 |  |  |         case 144:               /* Linux/i386 */
 | 
      
         | 436 |  |  |           /* pr_cursig */
 | 
      
         | 437 |  |  |           elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
 | 
      
         | 438 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 439 |  |  |           /* pr_pid */
 | 
      
         | 440 |  |  |           elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
 | 
      
         | 441 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 442 |  |  |           /* pr_reg */
 | 
      
         | 443 |  |  |           offset = 72;
 | 
      
         | 444 |  |  |           size = 68;
 | 
      
         | 445 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 446 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 447 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 448 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 449 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 450 |  |  |   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
 | 
      
         | 451 |  |  |   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
 | 
      
         | 452 |  |  |                                           size, note->descpos + offset);
 | 
      
         | 453 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 454 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 455 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 456 |  |  | elf_i386_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
 | 
      
         | 457 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 458 |  |  |   if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0)
 | 
      
         | 459 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 460 |  |  |       int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
 | 
      
         | 461 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 462 |  |  |       if (pr_version != 1)
 | 
      
         | 463 |  |  |         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 464 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 465 |  |  |       elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
 | 
      
         | 466 |  |  |         = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 8, 17);
 | 
      
         | 467 |  |  |       elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
 | 
      
         | 468 |  |  |         = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 25, 81);
 | 
      
         | 469 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 470 |  |  |   else
 | 
      
         | 471 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 472 |  |  |       switch (note->descsz)
 | 
      
         | 473 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 474 |  |  |         default:
 | 
      
         | 475 |  |  |           return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 476 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 477 |  |  |         case 124:               /* Linux/i386 elf_prpsinfo.  */
 | 
      
         | 478 |  |  |           elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
 | 
      
         | 479 |  |  |             = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
 | 
      
         | 480 |  |  |           elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
 | 
      
         | 481 |  |  |             = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
 | 
      
         | 482 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 483 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 484 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 485 |  |  |   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
 | 
      
         | 486 |  |  |      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
 | 
      
         | 487 |  |  |      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
 | 
      
         | 488 |  |  |   {
 | 
      
         | 489 |  |  |     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
 | 
      
         | 490 |  |  |     int n = strlen (command);
 | 
      
         | 491 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 492 |  |  |     if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
 | 
      
         | 493 |  |  |       command[n - 1] = '\0';
 | 
      
         | 494 |  |  |   }
 | 
      
         | 495 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 496 |  |  |   return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 497 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 498 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 499 |  |  | /* Functions for the i386 ELF linker.
 | 
      
         | 500 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 501 |  |  |    In order to gain some understanding of code in this file without
 | 
      
         | 502 |  |  |    knowing all the intricate details of the linker, note the
 | 
      
         | 503 |  |  |    following:
 | 
      
         | 504 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 505 |  |  |    Functions named elf_i386_* are called by external routines, other
 | 
      
         | 506 |  |  |    functions are only called locally.  elf_i386_* functions appear
 | 
      
         | 507 |  |  |    in this file more or less in the order in which they are called
 | 
      
         | 508 |  |  |    from external routines.  eg. elf_i386_check_relocs is called
 | 
      
         | 509 |  |  |    early in the link process, elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections is
 | 
      
         | 510 |  |  |    one of the last functions.  */
 | 
      
         | 511 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 512 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 513 |  |  | /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
 | 
      
         | 514 |  |  |    section.  */
 | 
      
         | 515 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 516 |  |  | #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
 | 
      
         | 517 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 518 |  |  | /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
 | 
      
         | 519 |  |  |    copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
 | 
      
         | 520 |  |  |    section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
 | 
      
         | 521 |  |  |    shared lib.  */
 | 
      
         | 522 |  |  | #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
 | 
      
         | 523 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 524 |  |  | /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
 | 
      
         | 525 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 526 |  |  | #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 16
 | 
      
         | 527 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 528 |  |  | /* The first entry in an absolute procedure linkage table looks like
 | 
      
         | 529 |  |  |    this.  See the SVR4 ABI i386 supplement to see how this works.
 | 
      
         | 530 |  |  |    Will be padded to PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with htab->plt0_pad_byte.  */
 | 
      
         | 531 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 532 |  |  | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_plt0_entry[12] =
 | 
      
         | 533 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 534 |  |  |   0xff, 0x35,   /* pushl contents of address */
 | 
      
         | 535 |  |  |   0, 0, 0, 0,       /* replaced with address of .got + 4.  */
 | 
      
         | 536 |  |  |   0xff, 0x25,   /* jmp indirect */
 | 
      
         | 537 |  |  |   0, 0, 0, 0        /* replaced with address of .got + 8.  */
 | 
      
         | 538 |  |  | };
 | 
      
         | 539 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 540 |  |  | /* Subsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
 | 
      
         | 541 |  |  |    this.  */
 | 
      
         | 542 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 543 |  |  | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
 | 
      
         | 544 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 545 |  |  |   0xff, 0x25,   /* jmp indirect */
 | 
      
         | 546 |  |  |   0, 0, 0, 0,       /* replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
 | 
      
         | 547 |  |  |   0x68,         /* pushl immediate */
 | 
      
         | 548 |  |  |   0, 0, 0, 0,       /* replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
 | 
      
         | 549 |  |  |   0xe9,         /* jmp relative */
 | 
      
         | 550 |  |  |   0, 0, 0, 0        /* replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
 | 
      
         | 551 |  |  | };
 | 
      
         | 552 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 553 |  |  | /* The first entry in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.
 | 
      
         | 554 |  |  |    Will be padded to PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with htab->plt0_pad_byte.  */
 | 
      
         | 555 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 556 |  |  | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry[12] =
 | 
      
         | 557 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 558 |  |  |   0xff, 0xb3, 4, 0, 0, 0,  /* pushl 4(%ebx) */
 | 
      
         | 559 |  |  |   0xff, 0xa3, 8, 0, 0, 0   /* jmp *8(%ebx) */
 | 
      
         | 560 |  |  | };
 | 
      
         | 561 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 562 |  |  | /* Subsequent entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
 | 
      
         | 563 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 564 |  |  | static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
 | 
      
         | 565 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 566 |  |  |   0xff, 0xa3,   /* jmp *offset(%ebx) */
 | 
      
         | 567 |  |  |   0, 0, 0, 0,       /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
 | 
      
         | 568 |  |  |   0x68,         /* pushl immediate */
 | 
      
         | 569 |  |  |   0, 0, 0, 0,       /* replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
 | 
      
         | 570 |  |  |   0xe9,         /* jmp relative */
 | 
      
         | 571 |  |  |   0, 0, 0, 0        /* replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
 | 
      
         | 572 |  |  | };
 | 
      
         | 573 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 574 |  |  | /* On VxWorks, the .rel.plt.unloaded section has absolute relocations
 | 
      
         | 575 |  |  |    for the PLTResolve stub and then for each PLT entry.  */
 | 
      
         | 576 |  |  | #define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
 | 
      
         | 577 |  |  | #define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
 | 
      
         | 578 |  |  | #define PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS 2
 | 
      
         | 579 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 580 |  |  | /* i386 ELF linker hash entry.  */
 | 
      
         | 581 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 582 |  |  | struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry
 | 
      
         | 583 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 584 |  |  |   struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
 | 
      
         | 585 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 586 |  |  |   /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
 | 
      
         | 587 | 225 | jeremybenn |   struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
 | 
      
         | 588 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 589 |  |  | #define GOT_UNKNOWN     0
 | 
      
         | 590 |  |  | #define GOT_NORMAL      1
 | 
      
         | 591 |  |  | #define GOT_TLS_GD      2
 | 
      
         | 592 |  |  | #define GOT_TLS_IE      4
 | 
      
         | 593 |  |  | #define GOT_TLS_IE_POS  5
 | 
      
         | 594 |  |  | #define GOT_TLS_IE_NEG  6
 | 
      
         | 595 |  |  | #define GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH 7
 | 
      
         | 596 |  |  | #define GOT_TLS_GDESC   8
 | 
      
         | 597 |  |  | #define GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P(type)                                         \
 | 
      
         | 598 |  |  |   ((type) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_GDESC))
 | 
      
         | 599 |  |  | #define GOT_TLS_GD_P(type)                                              \
 | 
      
         | 600 |  |  |   ((type) == GOT_TLS_GD || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type))
 | 
      
         | 601 |  |  | #define GOT_TLS_GDESC_P(type)                                           \
 | 
      
         | 602 |  |  |   ((type) == GOT_TLS_GDESC || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type))
 | 
      
         | 603 |  |  | #define GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P(type)                                          \
 | 
      
         | 604 |  |  |   (GOT_TLS_GD_P (type) || GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (type))
 | 
      
         | 605 |  |  |   unsigned char tls_type;
 | 
      
         | 606 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 607 |  |  |   /* Offset of the GOTPLT entry reserved for the TLS descriptor,
 | 
      
         | 608 |  |  |      starting at the end of the jump table.  */
 | 
      
         | 609 |  |  |   bfd_vma tlsdesc_got;
 | 
      
         | 610 |  |  | };
 | 
      
         | 611 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 612 |  |  | #define elf_i386_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
 | 
      
         | 613 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 614 |  |  | struct elf_i386_obj_tdata
 | 
      
         | 615 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 616 |  |  |   struct elf_obj_tdata root;
 | 
      
         | 617 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 618 |  |  |   /* tls_type for each local got entry.  */
 | 
      
         | 619 |  |  |   char *local_got_tls_type;
 | 
      
         | 620 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 621 |  |  |   /* GOTPLT entries for TLS descriptors.  */
 | 
      
         | 622 |  |  |   bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
 | 
      
         | 623 |  |  | };
 | 
      
         | 624 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 625 |  |  | #define elf_i386_tdata(abfd) \
 | 
      
         | 626 |  |  |   ((struct elf_i386_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
 | 
      
         | 627 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 628 |  |  | #define elf_i386_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \
 | 
      
         | 629 |  |  |   (elf_i386_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type)
 | 
      
         | 630 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 631 |  |  | #define elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent(abfd) \
 | 
      
         | 632 |  |  |   (elf_i386_tdata (abfd)->local_tlsdesc_gotent)
 | 
      
         | 633 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 634 |  |  | #define is_i386_elf(bfd)                                \
 | 
      
         | 635 |  |  |   (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour      \
 | 
      
         | 636 |  |  |    && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL                           \
 | 
      
         | 637 |  |  |    && elf_object_id (bfd) == I386_ELF_TDATA)
 | 
      
         | 638 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 639 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 640 |  |  | elf_i386_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
 | 
      
         | 641 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 642 |  |  |   return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_i386_obj_tdata),
 | 
      
         | 643 |  |  |                                   I386_ELF_TDATA);
 | 
      
         | 644 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 645 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 646 |  |  | /* i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
 | 
      
         | 647 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 648 |  |  | struct elf_i386_link_hash_table
 | 
      
         | 649 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 650 |  |  |   struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
 | 
      
         | 651 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 652 |  |  |   /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
 | 
      
         | 653 |  |  |   asection *sdynbss;
 | 
      
         | 654 |  |  |   asection *srelbss;
 | 
      
         | 655 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 656 |  |  |   /* The (unloaded but important) .rel.plt.unloaded section on VxWorks.  */
 | 
      
         | 657 |  |  |   asection *srelplt2;
 | 
      
         | 658 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 659 |  |  |   /* True if the target system is VxWorks.  */
 | 
      
         | 660 |  |  |   int is_vxworks;
 | 
      
         | 661 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 662 |  |  |   /* Value used to fill the last word of the first plt entry.  */
 | 
      
         | 663 |  |  |   bfd_byte plt0_pad_byte;
 | 
      
         | 664 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 665 |  |  |   /* The index of the next unused R_386_TLS_DESC slot in .rel.plt.  */
 | 
      
         | 666 |  |  |   bfd_vma next_tls_desc_index;
 | 
      
         | 667 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 668 |  |  |   union {
 | 
      
         | 669 |  |  |     bfd_signed_vma refcount;
 | 
      
         | 670 |  |  |     bfd_vma offset;
 | 
      
         | 671 |  |  |   } tls_ldm_got;
 | 
      
         | 672 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 673 |  |  |   /* The amount of space used by the reserved portion of the sgotplt
 | 
      
         | 674 |  |  |      section, plus whatever space is used by the jump slots.  */
 | 
      
         | 675 |  |  |   bfd_vma sgotplt_jump_table_size;
 | 
      
         | 676 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 677 | 225 | jeremybenn |   /* Small local sym cache.  */
 | 
      
         | 678 |  |  |   struct sym_cache sym_cache;
 | 
      
         | 679 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 680 |  |  |   /* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol.  */
 | 
      
         | 681 |  |  |   struct bfd_link_hash_entry *tls_module_base;
 | 
      
         | 682 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 683 |  |  |   /* Used by local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
 | 
      
         | 684 |  |  |   htab_t loc_hash_table;
 | 
      
         | 685 |  |  |   void *loc_hash_memory;
 | 
      
         | 686 | 24 | jeremybenn | };
 | 
      
         | 687 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 688 |  |  | /* Get the i386 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
 | 
      
         | 689 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 690 |  |  | #define elf_i386_hash_table(p) \
 | 
      
         | 691 |  |  |   ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
 | 
      
         | 692 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 693 |  |  | #define elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size(htab) \
 | 
      
         | 694 |  |  |   ((htab)->next_tls_desc_index * 4)
 | 
      
         | 695 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 696 |  |  | /* Create an entry in an i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
 | 
      
         | 697 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 698 |  |  | static struct bfd_hash_entry *
 | 
      
         | 699 | 225 | jeremybenn | elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
 | 
      
         | 700 |  |  |                             struct bfd_hash_table *table,
 | 
      
         | 701 |  |  |                             const char *string)
 | 
      
         | 702 | 24 | jeremybenn | {
 | 
      
         | 703 |  |  |   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
 | 
      
         | 704 |  |  |      subclass.  */
 | 
      
         | 705 |  |  |   if (entry == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 706 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 707 | 225 | jeremybenn |       entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *)
 | 
      
         | 708 |  |  |           bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry));
 | 
      
         | 709 | 24 | jeremybenn |       if (entry == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 710 |  |  |         return entry;
 | 
      
         | 711 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 712 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 713 |  |  |   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
 | 
      
         | 714 |  |  |   entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
 | 
      
         | 715 |  |  |   if (entry != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 716 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 717 |  |  |       struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
 | 
      
         | 718 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 719 |  |  |       eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) entry;
 | 
      
         | 720 |  |  |       eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 721 |  |  |       eh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
 | 
      
         | 722 |  |  |       eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
 | 
      
         | 723 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 724 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 725 |  |  |   return entry;
 | 
      
         | 726 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 727 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 728 | 225 | jeremybenn | /* Compute a hash of a local hash entry.  We use elf_link_hash_entry
 | 
      
         | 729 |  |  |   for local symbol so that we can handle local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols
 | 
      
         | 730 |  |  |   as global symbol.  We reuse indx and dynstr_index for local symbol
 | 
      
         | 731 |  |  |   hash since they aren't used by global symbols in this backend.  */
 | 
      
         | 732 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 733 |  |  | static hashval_t
 | 
      
         | 734 |  |  | elf_i386_local_htab_hash (const void *ptr)
 | 
      
         | 735 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 736 |  |  |   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
 | 
      
         | 737 |  |  |     = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr;
 | 
      
         | 738 |  |  |   return ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (h->indx, h->dynstr_index);
 | 
      
         | 739 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 740 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 741 |  |  | /* Compare local hash entries.  */
 | 
      
         | 742 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 743 |  |  | static int
 | 
      
         | 744 |  |  | elf_i386_local_htab_eq (const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2)
 | 
      
         | 745 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 746 |  |  |   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h1
 | 
      
         | 747 |  |  |      = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr1;
 | 
      
         | 748 |  |  |   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h2
 | 
      
         | 749 |  |  |     = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr2;
 | 
      
         | 750 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 751 |  |  |   return h1->indx == h2->indx && h1->dynstr_index == h2->dynstr_index;
 | 
      
         | 752 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 753 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 754 |  |  | /* Find and/or create a hash entry for local symbol.  */
 | 
      
         | 755 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 756 |  |  | static struct elf_link_hash_entry *
 | 
      
         | 757 |  |  | elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab,
 | 
      
         | 758 |  |  |                              bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
 | 
      
         | 759 |  |  |                              bfd_boolean create)
 | 
      
         | 760 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 761 |  |  |   struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry e, *ret;
 | 
      
         | 762 |  |  |   asection *sec = abfd->sections;
 | 
      
         | 763 |  |  |   hashval_t h = ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (sec->id,
 | 
      
         | 764 |  |  |                                        ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info));
 | 
      
         | 765 |  |  |   void **slot;
 | 
      
         | 766 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 767 |  |  |   e.elf.indx = sec->id;
 | 
      
         | 768 |  |  |   e.elf.dynstr_index = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
 | 
      
         | 769 |  |  |   slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab->loc_hash_table, &e, h,
 | 
      
         | 770 |  |  |                                    create ? INSERT : NO_INSERT);
 | 
      
         | 771 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 772 |  |  |   if (!slot)
 | 
      
         | 773 |  |  |     return NULL;
 | 
      
         | 774 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 775 |  |  |   if (*slot)
 | 
      
         | 776 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 777 |  |  |       ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
 | 
      
         | 778 |  |  |       return &ret->elf;
 | 
      
         | 779 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 780 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 781 |  |  |   ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *)
 | 
      
         | 782 |  |  |         objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory,
 | 
      
         | 783 |  |  |                         sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry));
 | 
      
         | 784 |  |  |   if (ret)
 | 
      
         | 785 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 786 |  |  |       memset (ret, 0, sizeof (*ret));
 | 
      
         | 787 |  |  |       ret->elf.indx = sec->id;
 | 
      
         | 788 |  |  |       ret->elf.dynstr_index = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
 | 
      
         | 789 |  |  |       ret->elf.dynindx = -1;
 | 
      
         | 790 |  |  |       ret->elf.plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
 | 
      
         | 791 |  |  |       ret->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
 | 
      
         | 792 |  |  |       *slot = ret;
 | 
      
         | 793 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 794 |  |  |   return &ret->elf;
 | 
      
         | 795 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 796 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 797 | 24 | jeremybenn | /* Create an i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
 | 
      
         | 798 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 799 |  |  | static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
 | 
      
         | 800 |  |  | elf_i386_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
 | 
      
         | 801 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 802 |  |  |   struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *ret;
 | 
      
         | 803 |  |  |   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table);
 | 
      
         | 804 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 805 | 225 | jeremybenn |   ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
 | 
      
         | 806 | 24 | jeremybenn |   if (ret == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 807 |  |  |     return NULL;
 | 
      
         | 808 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 809 | 225 | jeremybenn |   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
 | 
      
         | 810 |  |  |                                       elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc,
 | 
      
         | 811 | 24 | jeremybenn |                                       sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry)))
 | 
      
         | 812 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 813 |  |  |       free (ret);
 | 
      
         | 814 |  |  |       return NULL;
 | 
      
         | 815 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 816 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 817 |  |  |   ret->sdynbss = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 818 |  |  |   ret->srelbss = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 819 |  |  |   ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
 | 
      
         | 820 |  |  |   ret->next_tls_desc_index = 0;
 | 
      
         | 821 |  |  |   ret->sgotplt_jump_table_size = 0;
 | 
      
         | 822 | 225 | jeremybenn |   ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 823 | 24 | jeremybenn |   ret->is_vxworks = 0;
 | 
      
         | 824 |  |  |   ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 825 |  |  |   ret->plt0_pad_byte = 0;
 | 
      
         | 826 | 225 | jeremybenn |   ret->tls_module_base = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 827 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 828 | 225 | jeremybenn |   ret->loc_hash_table = htab_try_create (1024,
 | 
      
         | 829 |  |  |                                          elf_i386_local_htab_hash,
 | 
      
         | 830 |  |  |                                          elf_i386_local_htab_eq,
 | 
      
         | 831 |  |  |                                          NULL);
 | 
      
         | 832 |  |  |   ret->loc_hash_memory = objalloc_create ();
 | 
      
         | 833 |  |  |   if (!ret->loc_hash_table || !ret->loc_hash_memory)
 | 
      
         | 834 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 835 |  |  |       free (ret);
 | 
      
         | 836 |  |  |       return NULL;
 | 
      
         | 837 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 838 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 839 | 24 | jeremybenn |   return &ret->elf.root;
 | 
      
         | 840 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 841 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 842 | 225 | jeremybenn | /* Destroy an i386 ELF linker hash table.  */
 | 
      
         | 843 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 844 | 225 | jeremybenn | static void
 | 
      
         | 845 |  |  | elf_i386_link_hash_table_free (struct bfd_link_hash_table *hash)
 | 
      
         | 846 | 24 | jeremybenn | {
 | 
      
         | 847 | 225 | jeremybenn |   struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab
 | 
      
         | 848 |  |  |     = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) hash;
 | 
      
         | 849 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 850 | 225 | jeremybenn |   if (htab->loc_hash_table)
 | 
      
         | 851 |  |  |     htab_delete (htab->loc_hash_table);
 | 
      
         | 852 |  |  |   if (htab->loc_hash_memory)
 | 
      
         | 853 |  |  |     objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory);
 | 
      
         | 854 |  |  |   _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (hash);
 | 
      
         | 855 | 24 | jeremybenn | }
 | 
      
         | 856 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 857 |  |  | /* Create .plt, .rel.plt, .got, .got.plt, .rel.got, .dynbss, and
 | 
      
         | 858 |  |  |    .rel.bss sections in DYNOBJ, and set up shortcuts to them in our
 | 
      
         | 859 |  |  |    hash table.  */
 | 
      
         | 860 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 861 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 862 |  |  | elf_i386_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
 | 
      
         | 863 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 864 |  |  |   struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
 | 
      
         | 865 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 866 |  |  |   if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info))
 | 
      
         | 867 |  |  |     return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 868 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 869 | 225 | jeremybenn |   htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
 | 
      
         | 870 | 24 | jeremybenn |   htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynbss");
 | 
      
         | 871 |  |  |   if (!info->shared)
 | 
      
         | 872 |  |  |     htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.bss");
 | 
      
         | 873 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 874 | 225 | jeremybenn |   if (!htab->sdynbss
 | 
      
         | 875 | 24 | jeremybenn |       || (!info->shared && !htab->srelbss))
 | 
      
         | 876 |  |  |     abort ();
 | 
      
         | 877 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 878 |  |  |   if (htab->is_vxworks
 | 
      
         | 879 | 225 | jeremybenn |       && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info,
 | 
      
         | 880 |  |  |                                                &htab->srelplt2))
 | 
      
         | 881 | 24 | jeremybenn |     return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 882 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 883 |  |  |   return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 884 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 885 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 886 |  |  | /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
 | 
      
         | 887 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 888 |  |  | static void
 | 
      
         | 889 |  |  | elf_i386_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
 | 
      
         | 890 |  |  |                                struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
 | 
      
         | 891 |  |  |                                struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
 | 
      
         | 892 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 893 |  |  |   struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
 | 
      
         | 894 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 895 |  |  |   edir = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) dir;
 | 
      
         | 896 |  |  |   eind = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) ind;
 | 
      
         | 897 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 898 |  |  |   if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 899 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 900 |  |  |       if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 901 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 902 | 225 | jeremybenn |           struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
 | 
      
         | 903 |  |  |           struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
 | 
      
         | 904 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 905 |  |  |           /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
 | 
      
         | 906 |  |  |              list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
 | 
      
         | 907 |  |  |           for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
 | 
      
         | 908 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 909 | 225 | jeremybenn |               struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
 | 
      
         | 910 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 911 |  |  |               for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
 | 
      
         | 912 |  |  |                 if (q->sec == p->sec)
 | 
      
         | 913 |  |  |                   {
 | 
      
         | 914 |  |  |                     q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
 | 
      
         | 915 |  |  |                     q->count += p->count;
 | 
      
         | 916 |  |  |                     *pp = p->next;
 | 
      
         | 917 |  |  |                     break;
 | 
      
         | 918 |  |  |                   }
 | 
      
         | 919 |  |  |               if (q == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 920 |  |  |                 pp = &p->next;
 | 
      
         | 921 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 922 |  |  |           *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
 | 
      
         | 923 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 924 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 925 |  |  |       edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
 | 
      
         | 926 |  |  |       eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 927 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 928 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 929 |  |  |   if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
 | 
      
         | 930 |  |  |       && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
 | 
      
         | 931 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 932 |  |  |       edir->tls_type = eind->tls_type;
 | 
      
         | 933 |  |  |       eind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
 | 
      
         | 934 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 935 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 936 |  |  |   if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
 | 
      
         | 937 |  |  |       && ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
 | 
      
         | 938 |  |  |       && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
 | 
      
         | 939 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 940 |  |  |       /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
 | 
      
         | 941 |  |  |          of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
 | 
      
         | 942 |  |  |          We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
 | 
      
         | 943 |  |  |       dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
 | 
      
         | 944 |  |  |       dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
 | 
      
         | 945 |  |  |       dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
 | 
      
         | 946 |  |  |       dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
 | 
      
         | 947 |  |  |       dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed;
 | 
      
         | 948 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 949 |  |  |   else
 | 
      
         | 950 |  |  |     _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
 | 
      
         | 951 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 952 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 953 |  |  | typedef union
 | 
      
         | 954 |  |  |   {
 | 
      
         | 955 |  |  |     unsigned char c[2];
 | 
      
         | 956 |  |  |     uint16_t i;
 | 
      
         | 957 |  |  |   }
 | 
      
         | 958 |  |  | i386_opcode16;
 | 
      
         | 959 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 960 |  |  | /* Return TRUE if the TLS access code sequence support transition
 | 
      
         | 961 |  |  |    from R_TYPE.  */
 | 
      
         | 962 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 963 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 964 |  |  | elf_i386_check_tls_transition (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
 | 
      
         | 965 |  |  |                                bfd_byte *contents,
 | 
      
         | 966 |  |  |                                Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
 | 
      
         | 967 |  |  |                                struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes,
 | 
      
         | 968 |  |  |                                unsigned int r_type,
 | 
      
         | 969 |  |  |                                const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
 | 
      
         | 970 |  |  |                                const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
 | 
      
         | 971 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 972 |  |  |   unsigned int val, type;
 | 
      
         | 973 |  |  |   unsigned long r_symndx;
 | 
      
         | 974 |  |  |   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
 | 
      
         | 975 |  |  |   bfd_vma offset;
 | 
      
         | 976 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 977 |  |  |   /* Get the section contents.  */
 | 
      
         | 978 |  |  |   if (contents == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 979 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 980 |  |  |       if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 981 |  |  |         contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
 | 
      
         | 982 |  |  |       else
 | 
      
         | 983 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 984 |  |  |           /* FIXME: How to better handle error condition?  */
 | 
      
         | 985 |  |  |           if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
 | 
      
         | 986 |  |  |             return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 987 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 988 |  |  |           /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
 | 
      
         | 989 |  |  |           elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
 | 
      
         | 990 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 991 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 992 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 993 |  |  |   offset = rel->r_offset;
 | 
      
         | 994 |  |  |   switch (r_type)
 | 
      
         | 995 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 996 |  |  |     case R_386_TLS_GD:
 | 
      
         | 997 |  |  |     case R_386_TLS_LDM:
 | 
      
         | 998 |  |  |       if (offset < 2 || (rel + 1) >= relend)
 | 
      
         | 999 |  |  |         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1000 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1001 |  |  |       type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2);
 | 
      
         | 1002 |  |  |       if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GD)
 | 
      
         | 1003 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 1004 | 225 | jeremybenn |           /* Check transition from GD access model.  Only
 | 
      
         | 1005 | 24 | jeremybenn |                 leal foo@tlsgd(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
 | 
      
         | 1006 |  |  |                 leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop
 | 
      
         | 1007 |  |  |              can transit to different access model.  */
 | 
      
         | 1008 |  |  |           if ((offset + 10) > sec->size ||
 | 
      
         | 1009 |  |  |               (type != 0x8d && type != 0x04))
 | 
      
         | 1010 |  |  |             return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1011 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1012 |  |  |           val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
 | 
      
         | 1013 |  |  |           if (type == 0x04)
 | 
      
         | 1014 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 1015 |  |  |               /* leal foo@tlsgd(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr */
 | 
      
         | 1016 |  |  |               if (offset < 3)
 | 
      
         | 1017 |  |  |                 return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1018 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1019 |  |  |               if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 3) != 0x8d)
 | 
      
         | 1020 |  |  |                 return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1021 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1022 |  |  |               if ((val & 0xc7) != 0x05 || val == (4 << 3))
 | 
      
         | 1023 |  |  |                 return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1024 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 1025 |  |  |           else
 | 
      
         | 1026 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 1027 |  |  |               /* leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop  */
 | 
      
         | 1028 |  |  |               if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4)
 | 
      
         | 1029 |  |  |                 return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1030 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1031 |  |  |               if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset + 9) != 0x90)
 | 
      
         | 1032 |  |  |                 return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1033 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 1034 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1035 |  |  |       else
 | 
      
         | 1036 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 1037 |  |  |           /* Check transition from LD access model.  Only
 | 
      
         | 1038 |  |  |                 leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
 | 
      
         | 1039 |  |  |              can transit to different access model.  */
 | 
      
         | 1040 |  |  |           if (type != 0x8d || (offset + 9) > sec->size)
 | 
      
         | 1041 |  |  |             return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1042 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1043 |  |  |           val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
 | 
      
         | 1044 |  |  |           if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4)
 | 
      
         | 1045 |  |  |             return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1046 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1047 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1048 |  |  |       if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset + 4) != 0xe8)
 | 
      
         | 1049 |  |  |         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1050 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1051 |  |  |       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
 | 
      
         | 1052 |  |  |       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
 | 
      
         | 1053 |  |  |         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1054 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1055 |  |  |       h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
 | 
      
         | 1056 | 225 | jeremybenn |       /* Use strncmp to check ___tls_get_addr since ___tls_get_addr
 | 
      
         | 1057 |  |  |          may be versioned.  */
 | 
      
         | 1058 | 24 | jeremybenn |       return (h != NULL
 | 
      
         | 1059 |  |  |               && h->root.root.string != NULL
 | 
      
         | 1060 |  |  |               && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PC32
 | 
      
         | 1061 |  |  |                   || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PLT32)
 | 
      
         | 1062 | 225 | jeremybenn |               && (strncmp (h->root.root.string, "___tls_get_addr",
 | 
      
         | 1063 |  |  |                            15) == 0));
 | 
      
         | 1064 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 1065 |  |  |     case R_386_TLS_IE:
 | 
      
         | 1066 |  |  |       /* Check transition from IE access model:
 | 
      
         | 1067 |  |  |                 movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %eax
 | 
      
         | 1068 |  |  |                 movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg
 | 
      
         | 1069 |  |  |                 addl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg
 | 
      
         | 1070 |  |  |        */
 | 
      
         | 1071 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1072 |  |  |       if (offset < 1 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
 | 
      
         | 1073 |  |  |         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1074 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1075 |  |  |       /* Check "movl foo@tpoff(%rip), %eax" first.  */
 | 
      
         | 1076 |  |  |       val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
 | 
      
         | 1077 |  |  |       if (val == 0xa1)
 | 
      
         | 1078 |  |  |         return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1079 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1080 |  |  |       if (offset < 2)
 | 
      
         | 1081 |  |  |         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1082 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1083 |  |  |       /* Check movl|addl foo@tpoff(%rip), %reg.   */
 | 
      
         | 1084 |  |  |       type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2);
 | 
      
         | 1085 |  |  |       return ((type == 0x8b || type == 0x03)
 | 
      
         | 1086 |  |  |               && (val & 0xc7) == 0x05);
 | 
      
         | 1087 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1088 |  |  |     case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
 | 
      
         | 1089 |  |  |     case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
 | 
      
         | 1090 |  |  |       /* Check transition from {IE_32,GOTIE} access model:
 | 
      
         | 1091 |  |  |                 subl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2
 | 
      
         | 1092 |  |  |                 movl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2
 | 
      
         | 1093 |  |  |                 addl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2
 | 
      
         | 1094 |  |  |        */
 | 
      
         | 1095 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1096 |  |  |       if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
 | 
      
         | 1097 |  |  |         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1098 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1099 |  |  |       val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
 | 
      
         | 1100 |  |  |       if ((val & 0xc0) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4)
 | 
      
         | 1101 |  |  |         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1102 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1103 |  |  |       type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2);
 | 
      
         | 1104 |  |  |       return type == 0x8b || type == 0x2b || type == 0x03;
 | 
      
         | 1105 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1106 |  |  |     case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
 | 
      
         | 1107 |  |  |       /* Check transition from GDesc access model:
 | 
      
         | 1108 |  |  |                 leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax
 | 
      
         | 1109 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1110 |  |  |          Make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit offset
 | 
      
         | 1111 |  |  |          into any register, although it's probably almost always
 | 
      
         | 1112 |  |  |          going to be eax.  */
 | 
      
         | 1113 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1114 |  |  |       if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
 | 
      
         | 1115 |  |  |         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1116 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1117 |  |  |       if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2) != 0x8d)
 | 
      
         | 1118 |  |  |         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1119 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1120 |  |  |       val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
 | 
      
         | 1121 |  |  |       return (val & 0xc7) == 0x83;
 | 
      
         | 1122 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1123 |  |  |     case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
 | 
      
         | 1124 |  |  |       /* Check transition from GDesc access model:
 | 
      
         | 1125 |  |  |                 call *x@tlsdesc(%rax)
 | 
      
         | 1126 |  |  |        */
 | 
      
         | 1127 |  |  |       if (offset + 2 <= sec->size)
 | 
      
         | 1128 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 1129 |  |  |           /* Make sure that it's a call *x@tlsdesc(%rax).  */
 | 
      
         | 1130 |  |  |           static i386_opcode16 call = { { 0xff, 0x10 } };
 | 
      
         | 1131 |  |  |           return bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + offset) == call.i;
 | 
      
         | 1132 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1133 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1134 |  |  |       return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1135 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1136 |  |  |     default:
 | 
      
         | 1137 |  |  |       abort ();
 | 
      
         | 1138 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 1139 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 1140 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1141 |  |  | /* Return TRUE if the TLS access transition is OK or no transition
 | 
      
         | 1142 |  |  |    will be performed.  Update R_TYPE if there is a transition.  */
 | 
      
         | 1143 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1144 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 1145 |  |  | elf_i386_tls_transition (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
 | 
      
         | 1146 |  |  |                          asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents,
 | 
      
         | 1147 |  |  |                          Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
 | 
      
         | 1148 |  |  |                          struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes,
 | 
      
         | 1149 |  |  |                          unsigned int *r_type, int tls_type,
 | 
      
         | 1150 |  |  |                          const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
 | 
      
         | 1151 |  |  |                          const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
 | 
      
         | 1152 | 225 | jeremybenn |                          struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
 | 
      
         | 1153 |  |  |                          unsigned long r_symndx)
 | 
      
         | 1154 | 24 | jeremybenn | {
 | 
      
         | 1155 |  |  |   unsigned int from_type = *r_type;
 | 
      
         | 1156 |  |  |   unsigned int to_type = from_type;
 | 
      
         | 1157 |  |  |   bfd_boolean check = TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1158 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1159 |  |  |   switch (from_type)
 | 
      
         | 1160 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 1161 |  |  |     case R_386_TLS_GD:
 | 
      
         | 1162 |  |  |     case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
 | 
      
         | 1163 |  |  |     case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
 | 
      
         | 1164 |  |  |     case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
 | 
      
         | 1165 |  |  |     case R_386_TLS_IE:
 | 
      
         | 1166 |  |  |     case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
 | 
      
         | 1167 | 225 | jeremybenn |       if (info->executable)
 | 
      
         | 1168 | 24 | jeremybenn |         {
 | 
      
         | 1169 |  |  |           if (h == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1170 |  |  |             to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32;
 | 
      
         | 1171 |  |  |           else if (from_type != R_386_TLS_IE
 | 
      
         | 1172 |  |  |                    && from_type != R_386_TLS_GOTIE)
 | 
      
         | 1173 |  |  |             to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32;
 | 
      
         | 1174 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1175 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1176 |  |  |       /* When we are called from elf_i386_relocate_section, CONTENTS
 | 
      
         | 1177 |  |  |          isn't NULL and there may be additional transitions based on
 | 
      
         | 1178 |  |  |          TLS_TYPE.  */
 | 
      
         | 1179 |  |  |       if (contents != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1180 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 1181 |  |  |           unsigned int new_to_type = to_type;
 | 
      
         | 1182 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1183 | 225 | jeremybenn |           if (info->executable
 | 
      
         | 1184 | 24 | jeremybenn |               && h != NULL
 | 
      
         | 1185 |  |  |               && h->dynindx == -1
 | 
      
         | 1186 |  |  |               && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
 | 
      
         | 1187 |  |  |             new_to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32;
 | 
      
         | 1188 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1189 |  |  |           if (to_type == R_386_TLS_GD
 | 
      
         | 1190 |  |  |               || to_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC
 | 
      
         | 1191 |  |  |               || to_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
 | 
      
         | 1192 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 1193 |  |  |               if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS)
 | 
      
         | 1194 |  |  |                 new_to_type = R_386_TLS_GOTIE;
 | 
      
         | 1195 |  |  |               else if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
 | 
      
         | 1196 |  |  |                 new_to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32;
 | 
      
         | 1197 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 1198 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1199 |  |  |           /* We checked the transition before when we were called from
 | 
      
         | 1200 |  |  |              elf_i386_check_relocs.  We only want to check the new
 | 
      
         | 1201 |  |  |              transition which hasn't been checked before.  */
 | 
      
         | 1202 |  |  |           check = new_to_type != to_type && from_type == to_type;
 | 
      
         | 1203 |  |  |           to_type = new_to_type;
 | 
      
         | 1204 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1205 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1206 |  |  |       break;
 | 
      
         | 1207 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1208 |  |  |     case R_386_TLS_LDM:
 | 
      
         | 1209 | 225 | jeremybenn |       if (info->executable)
 | 
      
         | 1210 | 24 | jeremybenn |         to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32;
 | 
      
         | 1211 |  |  |       break;
 | 
      
         | 1212 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1213 |  |  |     default:
 | 
      
         | 1214 |  |  |       return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1215 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 1216 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1217 |  |  |   /* Return TRUE if there is no transition.  */
 | 
      
         | 1218 |  |  |   if (from_type == to_type)
 | 
      
         | 1219 |  |  |     return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1220 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1221 |  |  |   /* Check if the transition can be performed.  */
 | 
      
         | 1222 |  |  |   if (check
 | 
      
         | 1223 |  |  |       && ! elf_i386_check_tls_transition (abfd, sec, contents,
 | 
      
         | 1224 |  |  |                                           symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
 | 
      
         | 1225 |  |  |                                           from_type, rel, relend))
 | 
      
         | 1226 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 1227 |  |  |       reloc_howto_type *from, *to;
 | 
      
         | 1228 | 225 | jeremybenn |       const char *name;
 | 
      
         | 1229 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 1230 |  |  |       from = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, from_type);
 | 
      
         | 1231 |  |  |       to = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, to_type);
 | 
      
         | 1232 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1233 | 225 | jeremybenn |       if (h)
 | 
      
         | 1234 |  |  |         name = h->root.root.string;
 | 
      
         | 1235 |  |  |       else
 | 
      
         | 1236 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 1237 |  |  |           Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
 | 
      
         | 1238 |  |  |           struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
 | 
      
         | 1239 |  |  |           htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
 | 
      
         | 1240 |  |  |           isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
 | 
      
         | 1241 |  |  |                                         abfd, r_symndx);
 | 
      
         | 1242 |  |  |           name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, NULL);
 | 
      
         | 1243 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1244 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1245 | 24 | jeremybenn |       (*_bfd_error_handler)
 | 
      
         | 1246 |  |  |         (_("%B: TLS transition from %s to %s against `%s' at 0x%lx "
 | 
      
         | 1247 |  |  |            "in section `%A' failed"),
 | 
      
         | 1248 | 225 | jeremybenn |          abfd, sec, from->name, to->name, name,
 | 
      
         | 1249 | 24 | jeremybenn |          (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
 | 
      
         | 1250 |  |  |       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
 | 
      
         | 1251 |  |  |       return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1252 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 1253 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1254 |  |  |   *r_type = to_type;
 | 
      
         | 1255 |  |  |   return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1256 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 1257 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1258 |  |  | /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
 | 
      
         | 1259 |  |  |    calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure linkage
 | 
      
         | 1260 |  |  |    table, and dynamic reloc sections.  */
 | 
      
         | 1261 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1262 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 1263 |  |  | elf_i386_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
 | 
      
         | 1264 |  |  |                        struct bfd_link_info *info,
 | 
      
         | 1265 |  |  |                        asection *sec,
 | 
      
         | 1266 |  |  |                        const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
 | 
      
         | 1267 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 1268 |  |  |   struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
 | 
      
         | 1269 |  |  |   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
 | 
      
         | 1270 |  |  |   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
 | 
      
         | 1271 |  |  |   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
 | 
      
         | 1272 |  |  |   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
 | 
      
         | 1273 |  |  |   asection *sreloc;
 | 
      
         | 1274 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1275 |  |  |   if (info->relocatable)
 | 
      
         | 1276 |  |  |     return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1277 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1278 |  |  |   BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (abfd));
 | 
      
         | 1279 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1280 |  |  |   htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
 | 
      
         | 1281 |  |  |   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
 | 
      
         | 1282 |  |  |   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
 | 
      
         | 1283 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1284 |  |  |   sreloc = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 1285 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1286 |  |  |   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
 | 
      
         | 1287 |  |  |   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
 | 
      
         | 1288 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 1289 |  |  |       unsigned int r_type;
 | 
      
         | 1290 |  |  |       unsigned long r_symndx;
 | 
      
         | 1291 |  |  |       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
 | 
      
         | 1292 | 225 | jeremybenn |       Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
 | 
      
         | 1293 |  |  |       const char *name;
 | 
      
         | 1294 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 1295 |  |  |       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
 | 
      
         | 1296 |  |  |       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
 | 
      
         | 1297 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1298 |  |  |       if (r_symndx >= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
 | 
      
         | 1299 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 1300 |  |  |           (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"),
 | 
      
         | 1301 |  |  |                                  abfd,
 | 
      
         | 1302 |  |  |                                  r_symndx);
 | 
      
         | 1303 |  |  |           return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1304 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1305 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1306 |  |  |       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
 | 
      
         | 1307 | 225 | jeremybenn |         {
 | 
      
         | 1308 |  |  |           /* A local symbol.  */
 | 
      
         | 1309 |  |  |           isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
 | 
      
         | 1310 |  |  |                                         abfd, r_symndx);
 | 
      
         | 1311 |  |  |           if (isym == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1312 |  |  |             return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1313 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1314 |  |  |           /* Check relocation against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
 | 
      
         | 1315 |  |  |           if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
 | 
      
         | 1316 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 1317 |  |  |               h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, abfd, rel,
 | 
      
         | 1318 |  |  |                                                    TRUE);
 | 
      
         | 1319 |  |  |               if (h == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1320 |  |  |                 return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1321 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1322 |  |  |               /* Fake a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
 | 
      
         | 1323 |  |  |               h->type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
 | 
      
         | 1324 |  |  |               h->def_regular = 1;
 | 
      
         | 1325 |  |  |               h->ref_regular = 1;
 | 
      
         | 1326 |  |  |               h->forced_local = 1;
 | 
      
         | 1327 |  |  |               h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
 | 
      
         | 1328 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 1329 |  |  |           else
 | 
      
         | 1330 |  |  |             h = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 1331 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1332 | 24 | jeremybenn |       else
 | 
      
         | 1333 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 1334 | 225 | jeremybenn |           isym = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 1335 | 24 | jeremybenn |           h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
 | 
      
         | 1336 |  |  |           while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
 | 
      
         | 1337 |  |  |                  || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
 | 
      
         | 1338 |  |  |             h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
 | 
      
         | 1339 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1340 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1341 | 225 | jeremybenn |       if (h != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1342 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 1343 |  |  |           /* Create the ifunc sections for static executables.  If we
 | 
      
         | 1344 |  |  |              never see an indirect function symbol nor we are building
 | 
      
         | 1345 |  |  |              a static executable, those sections will be empty and
 | 
      
         | 1346 |  |  |              won't appear in output.  */
 | 
      
         | 1347 |  |  |           switch (r_type)
 | 
      
         | 1348 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 1349 |  |  |             default:
 | 
      
         | 1350 |  |  |               break;
 | 
      
         | 1351 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1352 |  |  |             case R_386_32:
 | 
      
         | 1353 |  |  |             case R_386_PC32:
 | 
      
         | 1354 |  |  |             case R_386_PLT32:
 | 
      
         | 1355 |  |  |             case R_386_GOT32:
 | 
      
         | 1356 |  |  |             case R_386_GOTOFF:
 | 
      
         | 1357 |  |  |               if (!_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (abfd, info))
 | 
      
         | 1358 |  |  |                 return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1359 |  |  |               break;
 | 
      
         | 1360 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 1361 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1362 |  |  |           /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle
 | 
      
         | 1363 |  |  |              it here if it is defined in a non-shared object.  */
 | 
      
         | 1364 |  |  |           if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
 | 
      
         | 1365 |  |  |               && h->def_regular)
 | 
      
         | 1366 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 1367 |  |  |               /* It is referenced by a non-shared object. */
 | 
      
         | 1368 |  |  |               h->ref_regular = 1;
 | 
      
         | 1369 |  |  |               h->needs_plt = 1;
 | 
      
         | 1370 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1371 |  |  |               /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT.  */
 | 
      
         | 1372 |  |  |               h->plt.refcount += 1;
 | 
      
         | 1373 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1374 |  |  |               /* STT_GNU_IFUNC needs dynamic sections.  */
 | 
      
         | 1375 |  |  |               if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1376 |  |  |                 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
 | 
      
         | 1377 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1378 |  |  |               switch (r_type)
 | 
      
         | 1379 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 1380 |  |  |                 default:
 | 
      
         | 1381 |  |  |                   if (h->root.root.string)
 | 
      
         | 1382 |  |  |                     name = h->root.root.string;
 | 
      
         | 1383 |  |  |                   else
 | 
      
         | 1384 |  |  |                     name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym,
 | 
      
         | 1385 |  |  |                                              NULL);
 | 
      
         | 1386 |  |  |                   (*_bfd_error_handler)
 | 
      
         | 1387 |  |  |                     (_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC "
 | 
      
         | 1388 |  |  |                        "symbol `%s' isn't handled by %s"), abfd,
 | 
      
         | 1389 |  |  |                      elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
 | 
      
         | 1390 |  |  |                      name, __FUNCTION__);
 | 
      
         | 1391 |  |  |                   bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
 | 
      
         | 1392 |  |  |                   return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1393 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1394 |  |  |                 case R_386_32:
 | 
      
         | 1395 |  |  |                   h->non_got_ref = 1;
 | 
      
         | 1396 |  |  |                   h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
 | 
      
         | 1397 |  |  |                   if (info->shared)
 | 
      
         | 1398 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 1399 |  |  |                       /* We must copy these reloc types into the
 | 
      
         | 1400 |  |  |                          output file.  Create a reloc section in
 | 
      
         | 1401 |  |  |                          dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
 | 
      
         | 1402 |  |  |                       sreloc = _bfd_elf_create_ifunc_dyn_reloc
 | 
      
         | 1403 |  |  |                         (abfd, info, sec, sreloc,
 | 
      
         | 1404 |  |  |                          &((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs);
 | 
      
         | 1405 |  |  |                       if (sreloc == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1406 |  |  |                         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1407 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 1408 |  |  |                   break;
 | 
      
         | 1409 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1410 |  |  |                 case R_386_PC32:
 | 
      
         | 1411 |  |  |                   h->non_got_ref = 1;
 | 
      
         | 1412 |  |  |                   break;
 | 
      
         | 1413 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1414 |  |  |                 case R_386_PLT32:
 | 
      
         | 1415 |  |  |                   break;
 | 
      
         | 1416 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1417 |  |  |                 case R_386_GOT32:
 | 
      
         | 1418 |  |  |                 case R_386_GOTOFF:
 | 
      
         | 1419 |  |  |                   h->got.refcount += 1;
 | 
      
         | 1420 |  |  |                   if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
 | 
      
         | 1421 |  |  |                       && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj,
 | 
      
         | 1422 |  |  |                                                        info))
 | 
      
         | 1423 |  |  |                     return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1424 |  |  |                   break;
 | 
      
         | 1425 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 1426 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1427 |  |  |               continue;
 | 
      
         | 1428 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 1429 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1430 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1431 | 24 | jeremybenn |       if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, abfd, sec, NULL,
 | 
      
         | 1432 |  |  |                                      symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
 | 
      
         | 1433 |  |  |                                      &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN,
 | 
      
         | 1434 | 225 | jeremybenn |                                      rel, rel_end, h, r_symndx))
 | 
      
         | 1435 | 24 | jeremybenn |         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1436 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1437 |  |  |       switch (r_type)
 | 
      
         | 1438 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 1439 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_LDM:
 | 
      
         | 1440 |  |  |           htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
 | 
      
         | 1441 |  |  |           goto create_got;
 | 
      
         | 1442 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1443 |  |  |         case R_386_PLT32:
 | 
      
         | 1444 |  |  |           /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
 | 
      
         | 1445 |  |  |              actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
 | 
      
         | 1446 |  |  |              because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
 | 
      
         | 1447 |  |  |              never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
 | 
      
         | 1448 |  |  |              don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
 | 
      
         | 1449 |  |  |              after all.  */
 | 
      
         | 1450 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1451 |  |  |           /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
 | 
      
         | 1452 |  |  |              creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
 | 
      
         | 1453 |  |  |           if (h == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1454 |  |  |             continue;
 | 
      
         | 1455 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1456 |  |  |           h->needs_plt = 1;
 | 
      
         | 1457 |  |  |           h->plt.refcount += 1;
 | 
      
         | 1458 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 1459 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1460 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
 | 
      
         | 1461 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_IE:
 | 
      
         | 1462 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
 | 
      
         | 1463 | 225 | jeremybenn |           if (!info->executable)
 | 
      
         | 1464 | 24 | jeremybenn |             info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
 | 
      
         | 1465 |  |  |           /* Fall through */
 | 
      
         | 1466 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1467 |  |  |         case R_386_GOT32:
 | 
      
         | 1468 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_GD:
 | 
      
         | 1469 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
 | 
      
         | 1470 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
 | 
      
         | 1471 |  |  |           /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
 | 
      
         | 1472 |  |  |           {
 | 
      
         | 1473 |  |  |             int tls_type, old_tls_type;
 | 
      
         | 1474 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1475 |  |  |             switch (r_type)
 | 
      
         | 1476 |  |  |               {
 | 
      
         | 1477 |  |  |               default:
 | 
      
         | 1478 |  |  |               case R_386_GOT32: tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; break;
 | 
      
         | 1479 |  |  |               case R_386_TLS_GD: tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD; break;
 | 
      
         | 1480 |  |  |               case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
 | 
      
         | 1481 |  |  |               case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
 | 
      
         | 1482 |  |  |                 tls_type = GOT_TLS_GDESC; break;
 | 
      
         | 1483 |  |  |               case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
 | 
      
         | 1484 |  |  |                 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == r_type)
 | 
      
         | 1485 |  |  |                   tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG;
 | 
      
         | 1486 |  |  |                 else
 | 
      
         | 1487 |  |  |                   /* If this is a GD->IE transition, we may use either of
 | 
      
         | 1488 |  |  |                      R_386_TLS_TPOFF and R_386_TLS_TPOFF32.  */
 | 
      
         | 1489 |  |  |                   tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
 | 
      
         | 1490 |  |  |                 break;
 | 
      
         | 1491 |  |  |               case R_386_TLS_IE:
 | 
      
         | 1492 |  |  |               case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
 | 
      
         | 1493 |  |  |                 tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_POS; break;
 | 
      
         | 1494 |  |  |               }
 | 
      
         | 1495 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1496 |  |  |             if (h != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1497 |  |  |               {
 | 
      
         | 1498 |  |  |                 h->got.refcount += 1;
 | 
      
         | 1499 |  |  |                 old_tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
 | 
      
         | 1500 |  |  |               }
 | 
      
         | 1501 |  |  |             else
 | 
      
         | 1502 |  |  |               {
 | 
      
         | 1503 |  |  |                 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
 | 
      
         | 1504 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1505 |  |  |                 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
 | 
      
         | 1506 |  |  |                 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
 | 
      
         | 1507 |  |  |                 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1508 |  |  |                   {
 | 
      
         | 1509 |  |  |                     bfd_size_type size;
 | 
      
         | 1510 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1511 |  |  |                     size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
 | 
      
         | 1512 |  |  |                     size *= (sizeof (bfd_signed_vma)
 | 
      
         | 1513 |  |  |                              + sizeof (bfd_vma) + sizeof(char));
 | 
      
         | 1514 | 225 | jeremybenn |                     local_got_refcounts = (bfd_signed_vma *)
 | 
      
         | 1515 |  |  |                         bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
 | 
      
         | 1516 | 24 | jeremybenn |                     if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1517 |  |  |                       return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1518 |  |  |                     elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
 | 
      
         | 1519 |  |  |                     elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (abfd)
 | 
      
         | 1520 |  |  |                       = (bfd_vma *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
 | 
      
         | 1521 |  |  |                     elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd)
 | 
      
         | 1522 |  |  |                       = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
 | 
      
         | 1523 |  |  |                   }
 | 
      
         | 1524 |  |  |                 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
 | 
      
         | 1525 |  |  |                 old_tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
 | 
      
         | 1526 |  |  |               }
 | 
      
         | 1527 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1528 |  |  |             if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
 | 
      
         | 1529 |  |  |               tls_type |= old_tls_type;
 | 
      
         | 1530 |  |  |             /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
 | 
      
         | 1531 |  |  |                there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
 | 
      
         | 1532 |  |  |             else if (old_tls_type != tls_type && old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
 | 
      
         | 1533 |  |  |                      && (! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type)
 | 
      
         | 1534 |  |  |                          || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0))
 | 
      
         | 1535 |  |  |               {
 | 
      
         | 1536 |  |  |                 if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type))
 | 
      
         | 1537 |  |  |                   tls_type = old_tls_type;
 | 
      
         | 1538 |  |  |                 else if (GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type)
 | 
      
         | 1539 |  |  |                          && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type))
 | 
      
         | 1540 |  |  |                   tls_type |= old_tls_type;
 | 
      
         | 1541 |  |  |                 else
 | 
      
         | 1542 |  |  |                   {
 | 
      
         | 1543 | 225 | jeremybenn |                     if (h)
 | 
      
         | 1544 |  |  |                       name = h->root.root.string;
 | 
      
         | 1545 |  |  |                     else
 | 
      
         | 1546 |  |  |                       name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym,
 | 
      
         | 1547 |  |  |                                              NULL);
 | 
      
         | 1548 | 24 | jeremybenn |                     (*_bfd_error_handler)
 | 
      
         | 1549 |  |  |                       (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and "
 | 
      
         | 1550 |  |  |                          "thread local symbol"),
 | 
      
         | 1551 | 225 | jeremybenn |                        abfd, name);
 | 
      
         | 1552 | 24 | jeremybenn |                     return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1553 |  |  |                   }
 | 
      
         | 1554 |  |  |               }
 | 
      
         | 1555 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1556 |  |  |             if (old_tls_type != tls_type)
 | 
      
         | 1557 |  |  |               {
 | 
      
         | 1558 |  |  |                 if (h != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1559 |  |  |                   elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->tls_type = tls_type;
 | 
      
         | 1560 |  |  |                 else
 | 
      
         | 1561 |  |  |                   elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type;
 | 
      
         | 1562 |  |  |               }
 | 
      
         | 1563 |  |  |           }
 | 
      
         | 1564 |  |  |           /* Fall through */
 | 
      
         | 1565 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1566 |  |  |         case R_386_GOTOFF:
 | 
      
         | 1567 |  |  |         case R_386_GOTPC:
 | 
      
         | 1568 |  |  |         create_got:
 | 
      
         | 1569 | 225 | jeremybenn |           if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1570 | 24 | jeremybenn |             {
 | 
      
         | 1571 |  |  |               if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1572 |  |  |                 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
 | 
      
         | 1573 | 225 | jeremybenn |               if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
 | 
      
         | 1574 | 24 | jeremybenn |                 return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1575 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 1576 |  |  |           if (r_type != R_386_TLS_IE)
 | 
      
         | 1577 |  |  |             break;
 | 
      
         | 1578 |  |  |           /* Fall through */
 | 
      
         | 1579 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1580 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_LE_32:
 | 
      
         | 1581 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_LE:
 | 
      
         | 1582 | 225 | jeremybenn |           if (info->executable)
 | 
      
         | 1583 | 24 | jeremybenn |             break;
 | 
      
         | 1584 |  |  |           info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
 | 
      
         | 1585 |  |  |           /* Fall through */
 | 
      
         | 1586 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1587 |  |  |         case R_386_32:
 | 
      
         | 1588 |  |  |         case R_386_PC32:
 | 
      
         | 1589 | 225 | jeremybenn |           if (h != NULL && info->executable)
 | 
      
         | 1590 | 24 | jeremybenn |             {
 | 
      
         | 1591 |  |  |               /* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might
 | 
      
         | 1592 |  |  |                  need a copy reloc.  We can't check reliably at this
 | 
      
         | 1593 |  |  |                  stage whether the section is read-only, as input
 | 
      
         | 1594 |  |  |                  sections have not yet been mapped to output sections.
 | 
      
         | 1595 |  |  |                  Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in
 | 
      
         | 1596 |  |  |                  adjust_dynamic_symbol.  */
 | 
      
         | 1597 |  |  |               h->non_got_ref = 1;
 | 
      
         | 1598 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1599 |  |  |               /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
 | 
      
         | 1600 |  |  |                  refers to is in a shared lib.  */
 | 
      
         | 1601 |  |  |               h->plt.refcount += 1;
 | 
      
         | 1602 |  |  |               if (r_type != R_386_PC32)
 | 
      
         | 1603 |  |  |                 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
 | 
      
         | 1604 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 1605 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1606 |  |  |           /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
 | 
      
         | 1607 |  |  |              against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
 | 
      
         | 1608 |  |  |              against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
 | 
      
         | 1609 |  |  |              into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
 | 
      
         | 1610 |  |  |              -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
 | 
      
         | 1611 |  |  |              global symbol which is defined in an object we are
 | 
      
         | 1612 |  |  |              including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
 | 
      
         | 1613 |  |  |              this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
 | 
      
         | 1614 |  |  |              possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
 | 
      
         | 1615 |  |  |              later (it is never cleared).  In case of a weak definition,
 | 
      
         | 1616 |  |  |              DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
 | 
      
         | 1617 |  |  |              a shared library.  We account for that possibility below by
 | 
      
         | 1618 |  |  |              storing information in the relocs_copied field of the hash
 | 
      
         | 1619 |  |  |              table entry.  A similar situation occurs when creating
 | 
      
         | 1620 |  |  |              shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
 | 
      
         | 1621 |  |  |              symbol local.
 | 
      
         | 1622 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1623 |  |  |              If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
 | 
      
         | 1624 |  |  |              may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
 | 
      
         | 1625 |  |  |              dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
 | 
      
         | 1626 |  |  |              symbol.  */
 | 
      
         | 1627 |  |  |           if ((info->shared
 | 
      
         | 1628 |  |  |                && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
 | 
      
         | 1629 |  |  |                && (r_type != R_386_PC32
 | 
      
         | 1630 |  |  |                    || (h != NULL
 | 
      
         | 1631 |  |  |                        && (! SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
 | 
      
         | 1632 |  |  |                            || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
 | 
      
         | 1633 |  |  |                            || !h->def_regular))))
 | 
      
         | 1634 |  |  |               || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
 | 
      
         | 1635 |  |  |                   && !info->shared
 | 
      
         | 1636 |  |  |                   && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
 | 
      
         | 1637 |  |  |                   && h != NULL
 | 
      
         | 1638 |  |  |                   && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
 | 
      
         | 1639 |  |  |                       || !h->def_regular)))
 | 
      
         | 1640 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 1641 | 225 | jeremybenn |               struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
 | 
      
         | 1642 |  |  |               struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
 | 
      
         | 1643 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 1644 |  |  |               /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
 | 
      
         | 1645 |  |  |                  Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
 | 
      
         | 1646 |  |  |                  this reloc.  */
 | 
      
         | 1647 |  |  |               if (sreloc == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1648 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 1649 |  |  |                   if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1650 |  |  |                     htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
 | 
      
         | 1651 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1652 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
 | 
      
         | 1653 |  |  |                     (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ FALSE);
 | 
      
         | 1654 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1655 | 24 | jeremybenn |                   if (sreloc == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1656 | 225 | jeremybenn |                     return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1657 | 24 | jeremybenn |                 }
 | 
      
         | 1658 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1659 |  |  |               /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
 | 
      
         | 1660 |  |  |                  relocations we need for this symbol.  */
 | 
      
         | 1661 |  |  |               if (h != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1662 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 1663 |  |  |                   head = &((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
 | 
      
         | 1664 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 1665 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 1666 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 1667 |  |  |                   /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
 | 
      
         | 1668 |  |  |                      We really need local syms available to do this
 | 
      
         | 1669 |  |  |                      easily.  Oh well.  */
 | 
      
         | 1670 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   void **vpp;
 | 
      
         | 1671 |  |  |                   asection *s;
 | 
      
         | 1672 |  |  |                   Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
 | 
      
         | 1673 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 1674 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
 | 
      
         | 1675 |  |  |                                                 abfd, r_symndx);
 | 
      
         | 1676 |  |  |                   if (isym == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1677 | 24 | jeremybenn |                     return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1678 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1679 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
 | 
      
         | 1680 |  |  |                   if (s == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1681 |  |  |                     s = sec;
 | 
      
         | 1682 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1683 | 24 | jeremybenn |                   vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
 | 
      
         | 1684 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **)vpp;
 | 
      
         | 1685 | 24 | jeremybenn |                 }
 | 
      
         | 1686 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1687 |  |  |               p = *head;
 | 
      
         | 1688 |  |  |               if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
 | 
      
         | 1689 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 1690 |  |  |                   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p;
 | 
      
         | 1691 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *) bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj,
 | 
      
         | 1692 |  |  |                                                            amt);
 | 
      
         | 1693 | 24 | jeremybenn |                   if (p == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1694 |  |  |                     return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1695 |  |  |                   p->next = *head;
 | 
      
         | 1696 |  |  |                   *head = p;
 | 
      
         | 1697 |  |  |                   p->sec = sec;
 | 
      
         | 1698 |  |  |                   p->count = 0;
 | 
      
         | 1699 |  |  |                   p->pc_count = 0;
 | 
      
         | 1700 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 1701 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1702 |  |  |               p->count += 1;
 | 
      
         | 1703 |  |  |               if (r_type == R_386_PC32)
 | 
      
         | 1704 |  |  |                 p->pc_count += 1;
 | 
      
         | 1705 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 1706 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 1707 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1708 |  |  |           /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
 | 
      
         | 1709 |  |  |              Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
 | 
      
         | 1710 |  |  |         case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT:
 | 
      
         | 1711 |  |  |           if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
 | 
      
         | 1712 |  |  |             return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1713 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 1714 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1715 |  |  |           /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
 | 
      
         | 1716 |  |  |              used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
 | 
      
         | 1717 |  |  |         case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY:
 | 
      
         | 1718 |  |  |           BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
 | 
      
         | 1719 |  |  |           if (h != NULL
 | 
      
         | 1720 |  |  |               && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
 | 
      
         | 1721 |  |  |             return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1722 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 1723 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1724 |  |  |         default:
 | 
      
         | 1725 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 1726 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1727 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 1728 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1729 |  |  |   return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1730 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 1731 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1732 |  |  | /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
 | 
      
         | 1733 |  |  |    relocation.  */
 | 
      
         | 1734 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1735 |  |  | static asection *
 | 
      
         | 1736 |  |  | elf_i386_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
 | 
      
         | 1737 |  |  |                        struct bfd_link_info *info,
 | 
      
         | 1738 |  |  |                        Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
 | 
      
         | 1739 |  |  |                        struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
 | 
      
         | 1740 |  |  |                        Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
 | 
      
         | 1741 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 1742 |  |  |   if (h != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1743 |  |  |     switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
 | 
      
         | 1744 |  |  |       {
 | 
      
         | 1745 |  |  |       case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT:
 | 
      
         | 1746 |  |  |       case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY:
 | 
      
         | 1747 |  |  |         return NULL;
 | 
      
         | 1748 |  |  |       }
 | 
      
         | 1749 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1750 |  |  |   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
 | 
      
         | 1751 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 1752 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1753 |  |  | /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
 | 
      
         | 1754 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1755 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 1756 |  |  | elf_i386_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
 | 
      
         | 1757 |  |  |                         struct bfd_link_info *info,
 | 
      
         | 1758 |  |  |                         asection *sec,
 | 
      
         | 1759 |  |  |                         const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
 | 
      
         | 1760 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 1761 |  |  |   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
 | 
      
         | 1762 |  |  |   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
 | 
      
         | 1763 |  |  |   bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
 | 
      
         | 1764 |  |  |   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
 | 
      
         | 1765 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1766 |  |  |   if (info->relocatable)
 | 
      
         | 1767 |  |  |     return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1768 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1769 |  |  |   elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 1770 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1771 |  |  |   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
 | 
      
         | 1772 |  |  |   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
 | 
      
         | 1773 |  |  |   local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
 | 
      
         | 1774 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1775 |  |  |   relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
 | 
      
         | 1776 |  |  |   for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
 | 
      
         | 1777 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 1778 |  |  |       unsigned long r_symndx;
 | 
      
         | 1779 |  |  |       unsigned int r_type;
 | 
      
         | 1780 |  |  |       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 1781 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1782 |  |  |       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
 | 
      
         | 1783 |  |  |       if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
 | 
      
         | 1784 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 1785 |  |  |           struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
 | 
      
         | 1786 | 225 | jeremybenn |           struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
 | 
      
         | 1787 |  |  |           struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
 | 
      
         | 1788 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 1789 |  |  |           h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
 | 
      
         | 1790 |  |  |           while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
 | 
      
         | 1791 |  |  |                  || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
 | 
      
         | 1792 |  |  |             h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
 | 
      
         | 1793 |  |  |           eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
 | 
      
         | 1794 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1795 |  |  |           for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
 | 
      
         | 1796 |  |  |             if (p->sec == sec)
 | 
      
         | 1797 |  |  |               {
 | 
      
         | 1798 |  |  |                 /* Everything must go for SEC.  */
 | 
      
         | 1799 |  |  |                 *pp = p->next;
 | 
      
         | 1800 |  |  |                 break;
 | 
      
         | 1801 |  |  |               }
 | 
      
         | 1802 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1803 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1804 |  |  |       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
 | 
      
         | 1805 |  |  |       if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, abfd, sec, NULL,
 | 
      
         | 1806 |  |  |                                      symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
 | 
      
         | 1807 |  |  |                                      &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN,
 | 
      
         | 1808 | 225 | jeremybenn |                                      rel, relend, h, r_symndx))
 | 
      
         | 1809 | 24 | jeremybenn |         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 1810 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1811 |  |  |       switch (r_type)
 | 
      
         | 1812 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 1813 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_LDM:
 | 
      
         | 1814 |  |  |           if (elf_i386_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
 | 
      
         | 1815 |  |  |             elf_i386_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
 | 
      
         | 1816 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 1817 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1818 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_GD:
 | 
      
         | 1819 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
 | 
      
         | 1820 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
 | 
      
         | 1821 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
 | 
      
         | 1822 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_IE:
 | 
      
         | 1823 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
 | 
      
         | 1824 |  |  |         case R_386_GOT32:
 | 
      
         | 1825 |  |  |           if (h != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1826 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 1827 |  |  |               if (h->got.refcount > 0)
 | 
      
         | 1828 |  |  |                 h->got.refcount -= 1;
 | 
      
         | 1829 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 1830 |  |  |           else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1831 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 1832 |  |  |               if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
 | 
      
         | 1833 |  |  |                 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
 | 
      
         | 1834 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 1835 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 1836 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1837 |  |  |         case R_386_32:
 | 
      
         | 1838 |  |  |         case R_386_PC32:
 | 
      
         | 1839 |  |  |           if (info->shared)
 | 
      
         | 1840 |  |  |             break;
 | 
      
         | 1841 |  |  |           /* Fall through */
 | 
      
         | 1842 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1843 |  |  |         case R_386_PLT32:
 | 
      
         | 1844 |  |  |           if (h != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1845 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 1846 |  |  |               if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
 | 
      
         | 1847 |  |  |                 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
 | 
      
         | 1848 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 1849 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 1850 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1851 |  |  |         default:
 | 
      
         | 1852 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 1853 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1854 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 1855 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1856 |  |  |   return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1857 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 1858 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1859 |  |  | /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
 | 
      
         | 1860 |  |  |    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
 | 
      
         | 1861 |  |  |    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
 | 
      
         | 1862 |  |  |    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
 | 
      
         | 1863 |  |  |    understand.  */
 | 
      
         | 1864 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1865 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 1866 |  |  | elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
 | 
      
         | 1867 |  |  |                                 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
 | 
      
         | 1868 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 1869 |  |  |   struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
 | 
      
         | 1870 |  |  |   asection *s;
 | 
      
         | 1871 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1872 | 225 | jeremybenn |   /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
 | 
      
         | 1873 |  |  |   if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
 | 
      
         | 1874 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 1875 |  |  |       if (h->plt.refcount <= 0)
 | 
      
         | 1876 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 1877 |  |  |           h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
 | 
      
         | 1878 |  |  |           h->needs_plt = 0;
 | 
      
         | 1879 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1880 |  |  |       return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1881 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 1882 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1883 | 24 | jeremybenn |   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
 | 
      
         | 1884 |  |  |      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
 | 
      
         | 1885 |  |  |      when we know the address of the .got section.  */
 | 
      
         | 1886 |  |  |   if (h->type == STT_FUNC
 | 
      
         | 1887 |  |  |       || h->needs_plt)
 | 
      
         | 1888 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 1889 |  |  |       if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
 | 
      
         | 1890 |  |  |           || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
 | 
      
         | 1891 |  |  |           || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
 | 
      
         | 1892 |  |  |               && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
 | 
      
         | 1893 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 1894 |  |  |           /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT32 reloc in an input
 | 
      
         | 1895 |  |  |              file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
 | 
      
         | 1896 |  |  |              object, or if all references were garbage collected.  In
 | 
      
         | 1897 |  |  |              such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
 | 
      
         | 1898 |  |  |              linkage table, and we can just do a PC32 reloc instead.  */
 | 
      
         | 1899 |  |  |           h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
 | 
      
         | 1900 |  |  |           h->needs_plt = 0;
 | 
      
         | 1901 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1902 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1903 |  |  |       return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1904 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 1905 |  |  |   else
 | 
      
         | 1906 |  |  |     /* It's possible that we incorrectly decided a .plt reloc was
 | 
      
         | 1907 |  |  |        needed for an R_386_PC32 reloc to a non-function sym in
 | 
      
         | 1908 |  |  |        check_relocs.  We can't decide accurately between function and
 | 
      
         | 1909 |  |  |        non-function syms in check-relocs;  Objects loaded later in
 | 
      
         | 1910 |  |  |        the link may change h->type.  So fix it now.  */
 | 
      
         | 1911 |  |  |     h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
 | 
      
         | 1912 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1913 |  |  |   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
 | 
      
         | 1914 |  |  |      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
 | 
      
         | 1915 |  |  |      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
 | 
      
         | 1916 |  |  |   if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1917 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 1918 |  |  |       BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
 | 
      
         | 1919 |  |  |                   || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
 | 
      
         | 1920 |  |  |       h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
 | 
      
         | 1921 |  |  |       h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
 | 
      
         | 1922 |  |  |       if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS || info->nocopyreloc)
 | 
      
         | 1923 |  |  |         h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
 | 
      
         | 1924 |  |  |       return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1925 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 1926 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1927 |  |  |   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
 | 
      
         | 1928 |  |  |      is not a function.  */
 | 
      
         | 1929 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1930 |  |  |   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
 | 
      
         | 1931 |  |  |      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
 | 
      
         | 1932 |  |  |      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
 | 
      
         | 1933 |  |  |      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
 | 
      
         | 1934 |  |  |   if (info->shared)
 | 
      
         | 1935 |  |  |     return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1936 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1937 |  |  |   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
 | 
      
         | 1938 |  |  |      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
 | 
      
         | 1939 |  |  |   if (!h->non_got_ref)
 | 
      
         | 1940 |  |  |     return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1941 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1942 |  |  |   /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
 | 
      
         | 1943 |  |  |   if (info->nocopyreloc)
 | 
      
         | 1944 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 1945 |  |  |       h->non_got_ref = 0;
 | 
      
         | 1946 |  |  |       return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1947 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 1948 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1949 |  |  |   htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
 | 
      
         | 1950 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1951 |  |  |   /* If there aren't any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
 | 
      
         | 1952 |  |  |      we can keep the dynamic relocs and avoid the copy reloc.  This
 | 
      
         | 1953 |  |  |      doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic relocations
 | 
      
         | 1954 |  |  |      (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an executable.  */
 | 
      
         | 1955 |  |  |   if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS && !htab->is_vxworks)
 | 
      
         | 1956 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 1957 |  |  |       struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry * eh;
 | 
      
         | 1958 | 225 | jeremybenn |       struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
 | 
      
         | 1959 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 1960 |  |  |       eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
 | 
      
         | 1961 |  |  |       for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
 | 
      
         | 1962 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 1963 |  |  |           s = p->sec->output_section;
 | 
      
         | 1964 |  |  |           if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
 | 
      
         | 1965 |  |  |             break;
 | 
      
         | 1966 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1967 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1968 |  |  |       if (p == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 1969 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 1970 |  |  |           h->non_got_ref = 0;
 | 
      
         | 1971 |  |  |           return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1972 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 1973 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 1974 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1975 |  |  |   if (h->size == 0)
 | 
      
         | 1976 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 1977 |  |  |       (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
 | 
      
         | 1978 |  |  |                              h->root.root.string);
 | 
      
         | 1979 |  |  |       return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 1980 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 1981 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1982 |  |  |   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
 | 
      
         | 1983 |  |  |      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
 | 
      
         | 1984 |  |  |      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
 | 
      
         | 1985 |  |  |      object will contain position independent code, so all references
 | 
      
         | 1986 |  |  |      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
 | 
      
         | 1987 |  |  |      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
 | 
      
         | 1988 |  |  |      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
 | 
      
         | 1989 |  |  |      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
 | 
      
         | 1990 |  |  |      same memory location for the variable.  */
 | 
      
         | 1991 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 1992 |  |  |   /* We must generate a R_386_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
 | 
      
         | 1993 |  |  |      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
 | 
      
         | 1994 |  |  |      runtime process image.  */
 | 
      
         | 1995 |  |  |   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
 | 
      
         | 1996 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 1997 |  |  |       htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 1998 |  |  |       h->needs_copy = 1;
 | 
      
         | 1999 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 2000 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2001 |  |  |   s = htab->sdynbss;
 | 
      
         | 2002 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2003 |  |  |   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
 | 
      
         | 2004 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 2005 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2006 |  |  | /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
 | 
      
         | 2007 |  |  |    dynamic relocs.  */
 | 
      
         | 2008 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2009 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 2010 | 225 | jeremybenn | elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
 | 
      
         | 2011 | 24 | jeremybenn | {
 | 
      
         | 2012 |  |  |   struct bfd_link_info *info;
 | 
      
         | 2013 |  |  |   struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
 | 
      
         | 2014 |  |  |   struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
 | 
      
         | 2015 | 225 | jeremybenn |   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
 | 
      
         | 2016 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 2017 |  |  |   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
 | 
      
         | 2018 |  |  |     return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 2019 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2020 |  |  |   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
 | 
      
         | 2021 |  |  |     /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
 | 
      
         | 2022 |  |  |        entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
 | 
      
         | 2023 |  |  |        symbol in a hash traversal.  So look at it now.  */
 | 
      
         | 2024 |  |  |     h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
 | 
      
         | 2025 | 225 | jeremybenn |   eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
 | 
      
         | 2026 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 2027 |  |  |   info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
 | 
      
         | 2028 |  |  |   htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
 | 
      
         | 2029 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2030 | 225 | jeremybenn |   /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle it
 | 
      
         | 2031 |  |  |      here if it is defined and referenced in a non-shared object.  */
 | 
      
         | 2032 |  |  |   if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
 | 
      
         | 2033 |  |  |       && h->def_regular)
 | 
      
         | 2034 |  |  |     return _bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (info, h,
 | 
      
         | 2035 |  |  |                                                &eh->dyn_relocs,
 | 
      
         | 2036 |  |  |                                                PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, 4);
 | 
      
         | 2037 |  |  |   else if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
 | 
      
         | 2038 |  |  |            && h->plt.refcount > 0)
 | 
      
         | 2039 | 24 | jeremybenn |     {
 | 
      
         | 2040 |  |  |       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
 | 
      
         | 2041 |  |  |          Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
 | 
      
         | 2042 |  |  |       if (h->dynindx == -1
 | 
      
         | 2043 |  |  |           && !h->forced_local)
 | 
      
         | 2044 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2045 |  |  |           if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
 | 
      
         | 2046 |  |  |             return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2047 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2048 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2049 |  |  |       if (info->shared
 | 
      
         | 2050 |  |  |           || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
 | 
      
         | 2051 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2052 | 225 | jeremybenn |           asection *s = htab->elf.splt;
 | 
      
         | 2053 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 2054 |  |  |           /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
 | 
      
         | 2055 |  |  |              first entry.  */
 | 
      
         | 2056 |  |  |           if (s->size == 0)
 | 
      
         | 2057 |  |  |             s->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
 | 
      
         | 2058 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2059 |  |  |           h->plt.offset = s->size;
 | 
      
         | 2060 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2061 |  |  |           /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
 | 
      
         | 2062 |  |  |              not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
 | 
      
         | 2063 |  |  |              location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
 | 
      
         | 2064 |  |  |              pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
 | 
      
         | 2065 |  |  |              the shared library.  */
 | 
      
         | 2066 |  |  |           if (! info->shared
 | 
      
         | 2067 |  |  |               && !h->def_regular)
 | 
      
         | 2068 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 2069 |  |  |               h->root.u.def.section = s;
 | 
      
         | 2070 |  |  |               h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
 | 
      
         | 2071 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 2072 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2073 |  |  |           /* Make room for this entry.  */
 | 
      
         | 2074 |  |  |           s->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
 | 
      
         | 2075 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2076 |  |  |           /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
 | 
      
         | 2077 |  |  |              will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
 | 
      
         | 2078 | 225 | jeremybenn |           htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
 | 
      
         | 2079 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 2080 |  |  |           /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
 | 
      
         | 2081 | 225 | jeremybenn |           htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 2082 | 24 | jeremybenn |           htab->next_tls_desc_index++;
 | 
      
         | 2083 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2084 |  |  |           if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
 | 
      
         | 2085 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 2086 |  |  |               /* VxWorks has a second set of relocations for each PLT entry
 | 
      
         | 2087 |  |  |                  in executables.  They go in a separate relocation section,
 | 
      
         | 2088 |  |  |                  which is processed by the kernel loader.  */
 | 
      
         | 2089 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2090 |  |  |               /* There are two relocations for the initial PLT entry: an
 | 
      
         | 2091 |  |  |                  R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 4 and an
 | 
      
         | 2092 |  |  |                  R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
 | 
      
         | 2093 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2094 |  |  |               if (h->plt.offset == PLT_ENTRY_SIZE)
 | 
      
         | 2095 |  |  |                 htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2);
 | 
      
         | 2096 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2097 |  |  |               /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent PLT entry:
 | 
      
         | 2098 |  |  |                  an R_386_32 relocation for the GOT entry, and an R_386_32
 | 
      
         | 2099 |  |  |                  relocation for the PLT entry.  */
 | 
      
         | 2100 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2101 |  |  |               htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2);
 | 
      
         | 2102 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 2103 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2104 |  |  |       else
 | 
      
         | 2105 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2106 |  |  |           h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
 | 
      
         | 2107 |  |  |           h->needs_plt = 0;
 | 
      
         | 2108 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2109 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 2110 |  |  |   else
 | 
      
         | 2111 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 2112 |  |  |       h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
 | 
      
         | 2113 |  |  |       h->needs_plt = 0;
 | 
      
         | 2114 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 2115 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2116 |  |  |   eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
 | 
      
         | 2117 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2118 |  |  |   /* If R_386_TLS_{IE_32,IE,GOTIE} symbol is now local to the binary,
 | 
      
         | 2119 |  |  |      make it a R_386_TLS_LE_32 requiring no TLS entry.  */
 | 
      
         | 2120 |  |  |   if (h->got.refcount > 0
 | 
      
         | 2121 | 225 | jeremybenn |       && info->executable
 | 
      
         | 2122 | 24 | jeremybenn |       && h->dynindx == -1
 | 
      
         | 2123 |  |  |       && (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
 | 
      
         | 2124 |  |  |     h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
 | 
      
         | 2125 |  |  |   else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
 | 
      
         | 2126 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 2127 |  |  |       asection *s;
 | 
      
         | 2128 |  |  |       bfd_boolean dyn;
 | 
      
         | 2129 |  |  |       int tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
 | 
      
         | 2130 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2131 |  |  |       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
 | 
      
         | 2132 |  |  |          Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
 | 
      
         | 2133 |  |  |       if (h->dynindx == -1
 | 
      
         | 2134 |  |  |           && !h->forced_local)
 | 
      
         | 2135 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2136 |  |  |           if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
 | 
      
         | 2137 |  |  |             return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2138 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2139 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2140 | 225 | jeremybenn |       s = htab->elf.sgot;
 | 
      
         | 2141 | 24 | jeremybenn |       if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
 | 
      
         | 2142 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2143 | 225 | jeremybenn |           eh->tlsdesc_got = htab->elf.sgotplt->size
 | 
      
         | 2144 | 24 | jeremybenn |             - elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab);
 | 
      
         | 2145 | 225 | jeremybenn |           htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8;
 | 
      
         | 2146 | 24 | jeremybenn |           h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -2;
 | 
      
         | 2147 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2148 |  |  |       if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)
 | 
      
         | 2149 |  |  |           || GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
 | 
      
         | 2150 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2151 |  |  |           h->got.offset = s->size;
 | 
      
         | 2152 |  |  |           s->size += 4;
 | 
      
         | 2153 |  |  |           /* R_386_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
 | 
      
         | 2154 |  |  |           if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) || tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
 | 
      
         | 2155 |  |  |             s->size += 4;
 | 
      
         | 2156 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2157 |  |  |       dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
 | 
      
         | 2158 |  |  |       /* R_386_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation,
 | 
      
         | 2159 |  |  |          R_386_TLS_IE resp. R_386_TLS_GOTIE needs one dynamic relocation,
 | 
      
         | 2160 |  |  |          (but if both R_386_TLS_IE_32 and R_386_TLS_IE is present, we
 | 
      
         | 2161 |  |  |          need two), R_386_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if
 | 
      
         | 2162 |  |  |          global.  */
 | 
      
         | 2163 |  |  |       if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
 | 
      
         | 2164 | 225 | jeremybenn |         htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 2165 | 24 | jeremybenn |       else if ((GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) && h->dynindx == -1)
 | 
      
         | 2166 |  |  |                || (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
 | 
      
         | 2167 | 225 | jeremybenn |         htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 2168 | 24 | jeremybenn |       else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
 | 
      
         | 2169 | 225 | jeremybenn |         htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 2170 | 24 | jeremybenn |       else if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)
 | 
      
         | 2171 |  |  |                && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
 | 
      
         | 2172 |  |  |                    || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
 | 
      
         | 2173 |  |  |                && (info->shared
 | 
      
         | 2174 |  |  |                    || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
 | 
      
         | 2175 | 225 | jeremybenn |         htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 2176 | 24 | jeremybenn |       if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
 | 
      
         | 2177 | 225 | jeremybenn |         htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 2178 | 24 | jeremybenn |     }
 | 
      
         | 2179 |  |  |   else
 | 
      
         | 2180 |  |  |     h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
 | 
      
         | 2181 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2182 |  |  |   if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 2183 |  |  |     return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 2184 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2185 |  |  |   /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
 | 
      
         | 2186 |  |  |      dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
 | 
      
         | 2187 |  |  |      defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
 | 
      
         | 2188 |  |  |      space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
 | 
      
         | 2189 |  |  |      visibility changes.  */
 | 
      
         | 2190 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2191 |  |  |   if (info->shared)
 | 
      
         | 2192 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 2193 |  |  |       /* The only reloc that uses pc_count is R_386_PC32, which will
 | 
      
         | 2194 |  |  |          appear on a call or on something like ".long foo - .".  We
 | 
      
         | 2195 |  |  |          want calls to protected symbols to resolve directly to the
 | 
      
         | 2196 |  |  |          function rather than going via the plt.  If people want
 | 
      
         | 2197 |  |  |          function pointer comparisons to work as expected then they
 | 
      
         | 2198 |  |  |          should avoid writing assembly like ".long foo - .".  */
 | 
      
         | 2199 |  |  |       if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
 | 
      
         | 2200 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2201 | 225 | jeremybenn |           struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
 | 
      
         | 2202 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 2203 |  |  |           for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
 | 
      
         | 2204 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 2205 |  |  |               p->count -= p->pc_count;
 | 
      
         | 2206 |  |  |               p->pc_count = 0;
 | 
      
         | 2207 |  |  |               if (p->count == 0)
 | 
      
         | 2208 |  |  |                 *pp = p->next;
 | 
      
         | 2209 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 2210 |  |  |                 pp = &p->next;
 | 
      
         | 2211 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 2212 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2213 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2214 | 225 | jeremybenn |       if (htab->is_vxworks)
 | 
      
         | 2215 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2216 |  |  |           struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
 | 
      
         | 2217 |  |  |           for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
 | 
      
         | 2218 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 2219 |  |  |               if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
 | 
      
         | 2220 |  |  |                 *pp = p->next;
 | 
      
         | 2221 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 2222 |  |  |                 pp = &p->next;
 | 
      
         | 2223 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 2224 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2225 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2226 | 24 | jeremybenn |       /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
 | 
      
         | 2227 | 225 | jeremybenn |          visibility.  */
 | 
      
         | 2228 | 24 | jeremybenn |       if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
 | 
      
         | 2229 |  |  |           && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
 | 
      
         | 2230 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2231 |  |  |           if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
 | 
      
         | 2232 |  |  |             eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 2233 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2234 |  |  |           /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
 | 
      
         | 2235 |  |  |              symbol in PIEs.  */
 | 
      
         | 2236 |  |  |           else if (h->dynindx == -1
 | 
      
         | 2237 |  |  |                    && !h->forced_local)
 | 
      
         | 2238 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 2239 |  |  |               if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
 | 
      
         | 2240 |  |  |                 return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2241 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 2242 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2243 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 2244 |  |  |   else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
 | 
      
         | 2245 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 2246 |  |  |       /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
 | 
      
         | 2247 |  |  |          symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
 | 
      
         | 2248 |  |  |          dynamic.  */
 | 
      
         | 2249 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2250 |  |  |       if (!h->non_got_ref
 | 
      
         | 2251 |  |  |           && ((h->def_dynamic
 | 
      
         | 2252 |  |  |                && !h->def_regular)
 | 
      
         | 2253 |  |  |               || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
 | 
      
         | 2254 |  |  |                   && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
 | 
      
         | 2255 |  |  |                       || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
 | 
      
         | 2256 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2257 |  |  |           /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
 | 
      
         | 2258 |  |  |              Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
 | 
      
         | 2259 |  |  |           if (h->dynindx == -1
 | 
      
         | 2260 |  |  |               && !h->forced_local)
 | 
      
         | 2261 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 2262 |  |  |               if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
 | 
      
         | 2263 |  |  |                 return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2264 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 2265 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2266 |  |  |           /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
 | 
      
         | 2267 |  |  |              relocs.  */
 | 
      
         | 2268 |  |  |           if (h->dynindx != -1)
 | 
      
         | 2269 |  |  |             goto keep;
 | 
      
         | 2270 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2271 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2272 |  |  |       eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 2273 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2274 |  |  |     keep: ;
 | 
      
         | 2275 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 2276 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2277 |  |  |   /* Finally, allocate space.  */
 | 
      
         | 2278 |  |  |   for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
 | 
      
         | 2279 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 2280 | 225 | jeremybenn |       asection *sreloc;
 | 
      
         | 2281 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2282 |  |  |       sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
 | 
      
         | 2283 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2284 |  |  |       BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
 | 
      
         | 2285 | 24 | jeremybenn |       sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 2286 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 2287 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2288 |  |  |   return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 2289 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 2290 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2291 | 225 | jeremybenn | /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
 | 
      
         | 2292 |  |  |    local dynamic relocs.  */
 | 
      
         | 2293 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2294 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 2295 |  |  | elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs (void **slot, void *inf)
 | 
      
         | 2296 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 2297 |  |  |   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
 | 
      
         | 2298 |  |  |     = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
 | 
      
         | 2299 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2300 |  |  |   if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
 | 
      
         | 2301 |  |  |       || !h->def_regular
 | 
      
         | 2302 |  |  |       || !h->ref_regular
 | 
      
         | 2303 |  |  |       || !h->forced_local
 | 
      
         | 2304 |  |  |       || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
 | 
      
         | 2305 |  |  |     abort ();
 | 
      
         | 2306 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2307 |  |  |   return elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (h, inf);
 | 
      
         | 2308 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 2309 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2310 | 24 | jeremybenn | /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */
 | 
      
         | 2311 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2312 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 2313 | 225 | jeremybenn | elf_i386_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
 | 
      
         | 2314 | 24 | jeremybenn | {
 | 
      
         | 2315 |  |  |   struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
 | 
      
         | 2316 | 225 | jeremybenn |   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
 | 
      
         | 2317 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 2318 |  |  |   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
 | 
      
         | 2319 |  |  |     h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
 | 
      
         | 2320 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2321 |  |  |   eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
 | 
      
         | 2322 |  |  |   for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
 | 
      
         | 2323 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 2324 |  |  |       asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
 | 
      
         | 2325 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2326 |  |  |       if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
 | 
      
         | 2327 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2328 |  |  |           struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
 | 
      
         | 2329 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2330 |  |  |           info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
 | 
      
         | 2331 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2332 |  |  |           /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
 | 
      
         | 2333 |  |  |           return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2334 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2335 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 2336 |  |  |   return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 2337 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 2338 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2339 |  |  | /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
 | 
      
         | 2340 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2341 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 2342 |  |  | elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
 | 
      
         | 2343 |  |  |                                 struct bfd_link_info *info)
 | 
      
         | 2344 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 2345 |  |  |   struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
 | 
      
         | 2346 |  |  |   bfd *dynobj;
 | 
      
         | 2347 |  |  |   asection *s;
 | 
      
         | 2348 |  |  |   bfd_boolean relocs;
 | 
      
         | 2349 |  |  |   bfd *ibfd;
 | 
      
         | 2350 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2351 |  |  |   htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
 | 
      
         | 2352 |  |  |   dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
 | 
      
         | 2353 |  |  |   if (dynobj == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 2354 |  |  |     abort ();
 | 
      
         | 2355 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2356 |  |  |   if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
 | 
      
         | 2357 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 2358 |  |  |       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
 | 
      
         | 2359 |  |  |       if (info->executable)
 | 
      
         | 2360 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2361 |  |  |           s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
 | 
      
         | 2362 |  |  |           if (s == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 2363 |  |  |             abort ();
 | 
      
         | 2364 |  |  |           s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
 | 
      
         | 2365 |  |  |           s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
 | 
      
         | 2366 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2367 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 2368 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2369 |  |  |   /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
 | 
      
         | 2370 |  |  |      relocs.  */
 | 
      
         | 2371 |  |  |   for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
 | 
      
         | 2372 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 2373 |  |  |       bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
 | 
      
         | 2374 |  |  |       bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
 | 
      
         | 2375 |  |  |       char *local_tls_type;
 | 
      
         | 2376 |  |  |       bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
 | 
      
         | 2377 |  |  |       bfd_size_type locsymcount;
 | 
      
         | 2378 |  |  |       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
 | 
      
         | 2379 |  |  |       asection *srel;
 | 
      
         | 2380 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2381 |  |  |       if (! is_i386_elf (ibfd))
 | 
      
         | 2382 |  |  |         continue;
 | 
      
         | 2383 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2384 |  |  |       for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
 | 
      
         | 2385 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2386 | 225 | jeremybenn |           struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
 | 
      
         | 2387 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 2388 | 225 | jeremybenn |           for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
 | 
      
         | 2389 | 24 | jeremybenn |                      elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
 | 
      
         | 2390 |  |  |                p != NULL;
 | 
      
         | 2391 |  |  |                p = p->next)
 | 
      
         | 2392 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 2393 |  |  |               if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
 | 
      
         | 2394 |  |  |                   && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
 | 
      
         | 2395 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 2396 |  |  |                   /* Input section has been discarded, either because
 | 
      
         | 2397 |  |  |                      it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
 | 
      
         | 2398 |  |  |                      linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
 | 
      
         | 2399 |  |  |                      the relocs too.  */
 | 
      
         | 2400 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 2401 | 225 | jeremybenn |               else if (htab->is_vxworks
 | 
      
         | 2402 |  |  |                        && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
 | 
      
         | 2403 |  |  |                                   ".tls_vars") == 0)
 | 
      
         | 2404 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 2405 |  |  |                   /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
 | 
      
         | 2406 |  |  |                      handled specially by the loader.  */
 | 
      
         | 2407 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 2408 | 24 | jeremybenn |               else if (p->count != 0)
 | 
      
         | 2409 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 2410 |  |  |                   srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
 | 
      
         | 2411 |  |  |                   srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 2412 |  |  |                   if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
 | 
      
         | 2413 |  |  |                     info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
 | 
      
         | 2414 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 2415 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 2416 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2417 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2418 |  |  |       local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
 | 
      
         | 2419 |  |  |       if (!local_got)
 | 
      
         | 2420 |  |  |         continue;
 | 
      
         | 2421 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2422 |  |  |       symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
 | 
      
         | 2423 |  |  |       locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
 | 
      
         | 2424 |  |  |       end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
 | 
      
         | 2425 |  |  |       local_tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
 | 
      
         | 2426 |  |  |       local_tlsdesc_gotent = elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (ibfd);
 | 
      
         | 2427 | 225 | jeremybenn |       s = htab->elf.sgot;
 | 
      
         | 2428 |  |  |       srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
 | 
      
         | 2429 | 24 | jeremybenn |       for (; local_got < end_local_got;
 | 
      
         | 2430 |  |  |            ++local_got, ++local_tls_type, ++local_tlsdesc_gotent)
 | 
      
         | 2431 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2432 |  |  |           *local_tlsdesc_gotent = (bfd_vma) -1;
 | 
      
         | 2433 |  |  |           if (*local_got > 0)
 | 
      
         | 2434 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 2435 |  |  |               if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
 | 
      
         | 2436 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 2437 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   *local_tlsdesc_gotent = htab->elf.sgotplt->size
 | 
      
         | 2438 | 24 | jeremybenn |                     - elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab);
 | 
      
         | 2439 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8;
 | 
      
         | 2440 | 24 | jeremybenn |                   *local_got = (bfd_vma) -2;
 | 
      
         | 2441 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 2442 |  |  |               if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)
 | 
      
         | 2443 |  |  |                   || GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type))
 | 
      
         | 2444 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 2445 |  |  |                   *local_got = s->size;
 | 
      
         | 2446 |  |  |                   s->size += 4;
 | 
      
         | 2447 |  |  |                   if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)
 | 
      
         | 2448 |  |  |                       || *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
 | 
      
         | 2449 |  |  |                     s->size += 4;
 | 
      
         | 2450 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 2451 |  |  |               if (info->shared
 | 
      
         | 2452 |  |  |                   || GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (*local_tls_type)
 | 
      
         | 2453 |  |  |                   || (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
 | 
      
         | 2454 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 2455 |  |  |                   if (*local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
 | 
      
         | 2456 |  |  |                     srel->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 2457 |  |  |                   else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)
 | 
      
         | 2458 |  |  |                            || ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
 | 
      
         | 2459 |  |  |                     srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 2460 |  |  |                   if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
 | 
      
         | 2461 | 225 | jeremybenn |                     htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 2462 | 24 | jeremybenn |                 }
 | 
      
         | 2463 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 2464 |  |  |           else
 | 
      
         | 2465 |  |  |             *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
 | 
      
         | 2466 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2467 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 2468 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2469 |  |  |   if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
 | 
      
         | 2470 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 2471 |  |  |       /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_386_TLS_LDM
 | 
      
         | 2472 |  |  |          relocs.  */
 | 
      
         | 2473 | 225 | jeremybenn |       htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->elf.sgot->size;
 | 
      
         | 2474 |  |  |       htab->elf.sgot->size += 8;
 | 
      
         | 2475 |  |  |       htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 2476 | 24 | jeremybenn |     }
 | 
      
         | 2477 |  |  |   else
 | 
      
         | 2478 |  |  |     htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
 | 
      
         | 2479 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2480 |  |  |   /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
 | 
      
         | 2481 |  |  |      sym dynamic relocs.  */
 | 
      
         | 2482 | 225 | jeremybenn |   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs, info);
 | 
      
         | 2483 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 2484 | 225 | jeremybenn |   /* Allocate .plt and .got entries, and space for local symbols.  */
 | 
      
         | 2485 |  |  |   htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
 | 
      
         | 2486 |  |  |                  elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs,
 | 
      
         | 2487 |  |  |                  info);
 | 
      
         | 2488 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2489 | 24 | jeremybenn |   /* For every jump slot reserved in the sgotplt, reloc_count is
 | 
      
         | 2490 |  |  |      incremented.  However, when we reserve space for TLS descriptors,
 | 
      
         | 2491 |  |  |      it's not incremented, so in order to compute the space reserved
 | 
      
         | 2492 |  |  |      for them, it suffices to multiply the reloc count by the jump
 | 
      
         | 2493 |  |  |      slot size.  */
 | 
      
         | 2494 | 225 | jeremybenn |   if (htab->elf.srelplt)
 | 
      
         | 2495 | 24 | jeremybenn |     htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size = htab->next_tls_desc_index * 4;
 | 
      
         | 2496 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2497 |  |  |   /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
 | 
      
         | 2498 |  |  |      Allocate memory for them.  */
 | 
      
         | 2499 |  |  |   relocs = FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2500 |  |  |   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
 | 
      
         | 2501 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 2502 |  |  |       bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 2503 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2504 |  |  |       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
 | 
      
         | 2505 |  |  |         continue;
 | 
      
         | 2506 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2507 | 225 | jeremybenn |       if (s == htab->elf.splt
 | 
      
         | 2508 |  |  |           || s == htab->elf.sgot
 | 
      
         | 2509 |  |  |           || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
 | 
      
         | 2510 |  |  |           || s == htab->elf.iplt
 | 
      
         | 2511 |  |  |           || s == htab->elf.igotplt
 | 
      
         | 2512 | 24 | jeremybenn |           || s == htab->sdynbss)
 | 
      
         | 2513 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2514 |  |  |           /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
 | 
      
         | 2515 |  |  |              comment below.  */
 | 
      
         | 2516 |  |  |           /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
 | 
      
         | 2517 |  |  |              we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
 | 
      
         | 2518 |  |  |              It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols.  */
 | 
      
         | 2519 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2520 |  |  |           if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 2521 |  |  |             strip_section = FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2522 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2523 |  |  |       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rel"))
 | 
      
         | 2524 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2525 | 225 | jeremybenn |           if (s->size != 0
 | 
      
         | 2526 |  |  |               && s != htab->elf.srelplt
 | 
      
         | 2527 |  |  |               && s != htab->srelplt2)
 | 
      
         | 2528 | 24 | jeremybenn |             relocs = TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 2529 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2530 |  |  |           /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
 | 
      
         | 2531 |  |  |              to copy relocs into the output file.  */
 | 
      
         | 2532 |  |  |           s->reloc_count = 0;
 | 
      
         | 2533 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2534 |  |  |       else
 | 
      
         | 2535 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2536 |  |  |           /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
 | 
      
         | 2537 |  |  |           continue;
 | 
      
         | 2538 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2539 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2540 |  |  |       if (s->size == 0)
 | 
      
         | 2541 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2542 |  |  |           /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
 | 
      
         | 2543 |  |  |              output file.  This is mostly to handle .rel.bss and
 | 
      
         | 2544 |  |  |              .rel.plt.  We must create both sections in
 | 
      
         | 2545 |  |  |              create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
 | 
      
         | 2546 |  |  |              before the linker maps input sections to output
 | 
      
         | 2547 |  |  |              sections.  The linker does that before
 | 
      
         | 2548 |  |  |              adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
 | 
      
         | 2549 |  |  |              function which decides whether anything needs to go
 | 
      
         | 2550 |  |  |              into these sections.  */
 | 
      
         | 2551 |  |  |           if (strip_section)
 | 
      
         | 2552 |  |  |             s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
 | 
      
         | 2553 |  |  |           continue;
 | 
      
         | 2554 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2555 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2556 |  |  |       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
 | 
      
         | 2557 |  |  |         continue;
 | 
      
         | 2558 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2559 |  |  |       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc
 | 
      
         | 2560 |  |  |          here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
 | 
      
         | 2561 |  |  |          section's contents are written out.  This should not happen,
 | 
      
         | 2562 |  |  |          but this way if it does, we get a R_386_NONE reloc instead
 | 
      
         | 2563 |  |  |          of garbage.  */
 | 
      
         | 2564 | 225 | jeremybenn |       s->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
 | 
      
         | 2565 | 24 | jeremybenn |       if (s->contents == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 2566 |  |  |         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2567 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 2568 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2569 |  |  |   if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
 | 
      
         | 2570 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 2571 |  |  |       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
 | 
      
         | 2572 |  |  |          values later, in elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
 | 
      
         | 2573 |  |  |          must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
 | 
      
         | 2574 |  |  |          the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
 | 
      
         | 2575 |  |  |          dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
 | 
      
         | 2576 |  |  | #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
 | 
      
         | 2577 |  |  |   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
 | 
      
         | 2578 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2579 |  |  |       if (info->executable)
 | 
      
         | 2580 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2581 |  |  |           if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
 | 
      
         | 2582 |  |  |             return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2583 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2584 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2585 | 225 | jeremybenn |       if (htab->elf.splt->size != 0)
 | 
      
         | 2586 | 24 | jeremybenn |         {
 | 
      
         | 2587 |  |  |           if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
 | 
      
         | 2588 |  |  |               || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
 | 
      
         | 2589 |  |  |               || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_REL)
 | 
      
         | 2590 |  |  |               || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
 | 
      
         | 2591 |  |  |             return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2592 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2593 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2594 |  |  |       if (relocs)
 | 
      
         | 2595 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2596 |  |  |           if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_REL, 0)
 | 
      
         | 2597 |  |  |               || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELSZ, 0)
 | 
      
         | 2598 |  |  |               || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)))
 | 
      
         | 2599 |  |  |             return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2600 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2601 |  |  |           /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
 | 
      
         | 2602 |  |  |              then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
 | 
      
         | 2603 |  |  |           if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
 | 
      
         | 2604 | 225 | jeremybenn |             elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf,
 | 
      
         | 2605 |  |  |                                     elf_i386_readonly_dynrelocs, info);
 | 
      
         | 2606 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 2607 |  |  |           if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
 | 
      
         | 2608 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 2609 |  |  |               if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
 | 
      
         | 2610 |  |  |                 return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2611 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 2612 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2613 |  |  |       if (htab->is_vxworks
 | 
      
         | 2614 |  |  |           && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
 | 
      
         | 2615 |  |  |         return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2616 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 2617 |  |  | #undef add_dynamic_entry
 | 
      
         | 2618 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2619 |  |  |   return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 2620 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 2621 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2622 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 2623 |  |  | elf_i386_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 2624 |  |  |                                struct bfd_link_info *info)
 | 
      
         | 2625 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 2626 |  |  |   asection *tls_sec = elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec;
 | 
      
         | 2627 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2628 |  |  |   if (tls_sec)
 | 
      
         | 2629 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 2630 |  |  |       struct elf_link_hash_entry *tlsbase;
 | 
      
         | 2631 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2632 |  |  |       tlsbase = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info),
 | 
      
         | 2633 |  |  |                                       "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_",
 | 
      
         | 2634 |  |  |                                       FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
 | 
      
         | 2635 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2636 |  |  |       if (tlsbase && tlsbase->type == STT_TLS)
 | 
      
         | 2637 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2638 |  |  |           struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 2639 |  |  |           const struct elf_backend_data *bed
 | 
      
         | 2640 |  |  |             = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
 | 
      
         | 2641 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2642 |  |  |           if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
 | 
      
         | 2643 |  |  |                 (info, output_bfd, "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", BSF_LOCAL,
 | 
      
         | 2644 |  |  |                  tls_sec, 0, NULL, FALSE,
 | 
      
         | 2645 |  |  |                  bed->collect, &bh)))
 | 
      
         | 2646 |  |  |             return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2647 | 225 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 2648 |  |  |           elf_i386_hash_table (info)->tls_module_base = bh;
 | 
      
         | 2649 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2650 | 24 | jeremybenn |           tlsbase = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)bh;
 | 
      
         | 2651 |  |  |           tlsbase->def_regular = 1;
 | 
      
         | 2652 |  |  |           tlsbase->other = STV_HIDDEN;
 | 
      
         | 2653 |  |  |           (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (info, tlsbase, TRUE);
 | 
      
         | 2654 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2655 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 2656 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2657 |  |  |   return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 2658 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 2659 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2660 |  |  | /* Set the correct type for an x86 ELF section.  We do this by the
 | 
      
         | 2661 |  |  |    section name, which is a hack, but ought to work.  */
 | 
      
         | 2662 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2663 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 2664 |  |  | elf_i386_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
 | 
      
         | 2665 |  |  |                         Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
 | 
      
         | 2666 |  |  |                         asection *sec)
 | 
      
         | 2667 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 2668 |  |  |   register const char *name;
 | 
      
         | 2669 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2670 |  |  |   name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
 | 
      
         | 2671 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2672 |  |  |   /* This is an ugly, but unfortunately necessary hack that is
 | 
      
         | 2673 |  |  |      needed when producing EFI binaries on x86. It tells
 | 
      
         | 2674 |  |  |      elf.c:elf_fake_sections() not to consider ".reloc" as a section
 | 
      
         | 2675 |  |  |      containing ELF relocation info.  We need this hack in order to
 | 
      
         | 2676 |  |  |      be able to generate ELF binaries that can be translated into
 | 
      
         | 2677 |  |  |      EFI applications (which are essentially COFF objects).  Those
 | 
      
         | 2678 |  |  |      files contain a COFF ".reloc" section inside an ELFNN object,
 | 
      
         | 2679 |  |  |      which would normally cause BFD to segfault because it would
 | 
      
         | 2680 |  |  |      attempt to interpret this section as containing relocation
 | 
      
         | 2681 |  |  |      entries for section "oc".  With this hack enabled, ".reloc"
 | 
      
         | 2682 |  |  |      will be treated as a normal data section, which will avoid the
 | 
      
         | 2683 |  |  |      segfault.  However, you won't be able to create an ELFNN binary
 | 
      
         | 2684 |  |  |      with a section named "oc" that needs relocations, but that's
 | 
      
         | 2685 |  |  |      the kind of ugly side-effects you get when detecting section
 | 
      
         | 2686 |  |  |      types based on their names...  In practice, this limitation is
 | 
      
         | 2687 |  |  |      unlikely to bite.  */
 | 
      
         | 2688 |  |  |   if (strcmp (name, ".reloc") == 0)
 | 
      
         | 2689 |  |  |     hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
 | 
      
         | 2690 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2691 |  |  |   return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 2692 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 2693 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2694 | 225 | jeremybenn | /* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ needs to be treated especially when linking
 | 
      
         | 2695 |  |  |    executables.  Rather than setting it to the beginning of the TLS
 | 
      
         | 2696 |  |  |    section, we have to set it to the end.    This function may be called
 | 
      
         | 2697 |  |  |    multiple times, it is idempotent.  */
 | 
      
         | 2698 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2699 |  |  | static void
 | 
      
         | 2700 |  |  | elf_i386_set_tls_module_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
 | 
      
         | 2701 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 2702 |  |  |   struct bfd_link_hash_entry *base;
 | 
      
         | 2703 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2704 |  |  |   if (!info->executable)
 | 
      
         | 2705 |  |  |     return;
 | 
      
         | 2706 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2707 |  |  |   base = elf_i386_hash_table (info)->tls_module_base;
 | 
      
         | 2708 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2709 |  |  |   if (!base)
 | 
      
         | 2710 |  |  |     return;
 | 
      
         | 2711 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2712 |  |  |   base->u.def.value = elf_hash_table (info)->tls_size;
 | 
      
         | 2713 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 2714 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2715 | 24 | jeremybenn | /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
 | 
      
         | 2716 |  |  |    when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
 | 
      
         | 2717 |  |  |    This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
 | 
      
         | 2718 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2719 |  |  | static bfd_vma
 | 
      
         | 2720 | 225 | jeremybenn | elf_i386_dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
 | 
      
         | 2721 | 24 | jeremybenn | {
 | 
      
         | 2722 |  |  |   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
 | 
      
         | 2723 |  |  |   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 2724 |  |  |     return 0;
 | 
      
         | 2725 |  |  |   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
 | 
      
         | 2726 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 2727 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2728 |  |  | /* Return the relocation value for @tpoff relocation
 | 
      
         | 2729 |  |  |    if STT_TLS virtual address is ADDRESS.  */
 | 
      
         | 2730 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2731 |  |  | static bfd_vma
 | 
      
         | 2732 | 225 | jeremybenn | elf_i386_tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
 | 
      
         | 2733 | 24 | jeremybenn | {
 | 
      
         | 2734 |  |  |   struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
 | 
      
         | 2735 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2736 |  |  |   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
 | 
      
         | 2737 |  |  |   if (htab->tls_sec == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 2738 |  |  |     return 0;
 | 
      
         | 2739 |  |  |   return htab->tls_size + htab->tls_sec->vma - address;
 | 
      
         | 2740 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 2741 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2742 |  |  | /* Relocate an i386 ELF section.  */
 | 
      
         | 2743 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2744 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 2745 |  |  | elf_i386_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 2746 |  |  |                            struct bfd_link_info *info,
 | 
      
         | 2747 |  |  |                            bfd *input_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 2748 |  |  |                            asection *input_section,
 | 
      
         | 2749 |  |  |                            bfd_byte *contents,
 | 
      
         | 2750 |  |  |                            Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
 | 
      
         | 2751 |  |  |                            Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
 | 
      
         | 2752 |  |  |                            asection **local_sections)
 | 
      
         | 2753 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 2754 |  |  |   struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
 | 
      
         | 2755 |  |  |   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
 | 
      
         | 2756 |  |  |   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
 | 
      
         | 2757 |  |  |   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
 | 
      
         | 2758 |  |  |   bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotents;
 | 
      
         | 2759 |  |  |   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
 | 
      
         | 2760 |  |  |   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
 | 
      
         | 2761 | 225 | jeremybenn |   bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
 | 
      
         | 2762 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 2763 |  |  |   BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (input_bfd));
 | 
      
         | 2764 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2765 |  |  |   htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
 | 
      
         | 2766 |  |  |   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
 | 
      
         | 2767 |  |  |   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
 | 
      
         | 2768 |  |  |   local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
 | 
      
         | 2769 |  |  |   local_tlsdesc_gotents = elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (input_bfd);
 | 
      
         | 2770 | 225 | jeremybenn |   /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
 | 
      
         | 2771 |  |  |      specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
 | 
      
         | 2772 |  |  |   is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared
 | 
      
         | 2773 |  |  |                     && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
 | 
      
         | 2774 |  |  |                                 ".tls_vars"));
 | 
      
         | 2775 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 2776 | 225 | jeremybenn |   elf_i386_set_tls_module_base (info);
 | 
      
         | 2777 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2778 | 24 | jeremybenn |   rel = relocs;
 | 
      
         | 2779 |  |  |   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
 | 
      
         | 2780 |  |  |   for (; rel < relend; rel++)
 | 
      
         | 2781 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 2782 |  |  |       unsigned int r_type;
 | 
      
         | 2783 |  |  |       reloc_howto_type *howto;
 | 
      
         | 2784 |  |  |       unsigned long r_symndx;
 | 
      
         | 2785 |  |  |       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
 | 
      
         | 2786 |  |  |       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
 | 
      
         | 2787 |  |  |       asection *sec;
 | 
      
         | 2788 |  |  |       bfd_vma off, offplt;
 | 
      
         | 2789 |  |  |       bfd_vma relocation;
 | 
      
         | 2790 |  |  |       bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
 | 
      
         | 2791 |  |  |       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
 | 
      
         | 2792 |  |  |       unsigned int indx;
 | 
      
         | 2793 |  |  |       int tls_type;
 | 
      
         | 2794 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2795 |  |  |       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
 | 
      
         | 2796 |  |  |       if (r_type == R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT
 | 
      
         | 2797 |  |  |           || r_type == R_386_GNU_VTENTRY)
 | 
      
         | 2798 |  |  |         continue;
 | 
      
         | 2799 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2800 |  |  |       if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard
 | 
      
         | 2801 |  |  |           && ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard
 | 
      
         | 2802 |  |  |               >= R_386_ext - R_386_standard)
 | 
      
         | 2803 |  |  |           && ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext
 | 
      
         | 2804 | 225 | jeremybenn |               >= R_386_irelative - R_386_ext))
 | 
      
         | 2805 | 24 | jeremybenn |         {
 | 
      
         | 2806 |  |  |           (*_bfd_error_handler)
 | 
      
         | 2807 |  |  |             (_("%B: unrecognized relocation (0x%x) in section `%A'"),
 | 
      
         | 2808 |  |  |              input_bfd, input_section, r_type);
 | 
      
         | 2809 |  |  |           bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
 | 
      
         | 2810 |  |  |           return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2811 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2812 |  |  |       howto = elf_howto_table + indx;
 | 
      
         | 2813 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2814 |  |  |       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
 | 
      
         | 2815 |  |  |       h = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 2816 |  |  |       sym = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 2817 |  |  |       sec = NULL;
 | 
      
         | 2818 |  |  |       unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2819 |  |  |       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
 | 
      
         | 2820 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2821 |  |  |           sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
 | 
      
         | 2822 |  |  |           sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
 | 
      
         | 2823 |  |  |           relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 2824 |  |  |                         + sec->output_offset
 | 
      
         | 2825 |  |  |                         + sym->st_value);
 | 
      
         | 2826 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2827 |  |  |           if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
 | 
      
         | 2828 |  |  |               && ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
 | 
      
         | 2829 |  |  |                   || (info->relocatable
 | 
      
         | 2830 |  |  |                       && sec->output_offset != 0)))
 | 
      
         | 2831 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 2832 |  |  |               bfd_vma addend;
 | 
      
         | 2833 |  |  |               bfd_byte *where = contents + rel->r_offset;
 | 
      
         | 2834 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2835 |  |  |               switch (howto->size)
 | 
      
         | 2836 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 2837 |  |  |                 case 0:
 | 
      
         | 2838 |  |  |                   addend = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, where);
 | 
      
         | 2839 |  |  |                   if (howto->pc_relative)
 | 
      
         | 2840 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 2841 |  |  |                       addend = (addend ^ 0x80) - 0x80;
 | 
      
         | 2842 |  |  |                       addend += 1;
 | 
      
         | 2843 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 2844 |  |  |                   break;
 | 
      
         | 2845 |  |  |                 case 1:
 | 
      
         | 2846 |  |  |                   addend = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, where);
 | 
      
         | 2847 |  |  |                   if (howto->pc_relative)
 | 
      
         | 2848 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 2849 |  |  |                       addend = (addend ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
 | 
      
         | 2850 |  |  |                       addend += 2;
 | 
      
         | 2851 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 2852 |  |  |                   break;
 | 
      
         | 2853 |  |  |                 case 2:
 | 
      
         | 2854 |  |  |                   addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, where);
 | 
      
         | 2855 |  |  |                   if (howto->pc_relative)
 | 
      
         | 2856 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 2857 |  |  |                       addend = (addend ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
 | 
      
         | 2858 |  |  |                       addend += 4;
 | 
      
         | 2859 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 2860 |  |  |                   break;
 | 
      
         | 2861 |  |  |                 default:
 | 
      
         | 2862 |  |  |                   abort ();
 | 
      
         | 2863 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 2864 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2865 |  |  |               if (info->relocatable)
 | 
      
         | 2866 |  |  |                 addend += sec->output_offset;
 | 
      
         | 2867 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 2868 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 2869 |  |  |                   asection *msec = sec;
 | 
      
         | 2870 |  |  |                   addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec,
 | 
      
         | 2871 |  |  |                                                    addend);
 | 
      
         | 2872 |  |  |                   addend -= relocation;
 | 
      
         | 2873 |  |  |                   addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
 | 
      
         | 2874 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 2875 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2876 |  |  |               switch (howto->size)
 | 
      
         | 2877 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 2878 |  |  |                 case 0:
 | 
      
         | 2879 |  |  |                   /* FIXME: overflow checks.  */
 | 
      
         | 2880 |  |  |                   if (howto->pc_relative)
 | 
      
         | 2881 |  |  |                     addend -= 1;
 | 
      
         | 2882 |  |  |                   bfd_put_8 (input_bfd, addend, where);
 | 
      
         | 2883 |  |  |                   break;
 | 
      
         | 2884 |  |  |                 case 1:
 | 
      
         | 2885 |  |  |                   if (howto->pc_relative)
 | 
      
         | 2886 |  |  |                     addend -= 2;
 | 
      
         | 2887 |  |  |                   bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, addend, where);
 | 
      
         | 2888 |  |  |                   break;
 | 
      
         | 2889 |  |  |                 case 2:
 | 
      
         | 2890 |  |  |                   if (howto->pc_relative)
 | 
      
         | 2891 |  |  |                     addend -= 4;
 | 
      
         | 2892 |  |  |                   bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, where);
 | 
      
         | 2893 |  |  |                   break;
 | 
      
         | 2894 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 2895 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 2896 | 225 | jeremybenn |           else if (!info->relocatable
 | 
      
         | 2897 |  |  |                    && ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
 | 
      
         | 2898 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 2899 |  |  |               /* Relocate against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
 | 
      
         | 2900 |  |  |               h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, input_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 2901 |  |  |                                                    rel, FALSE);
 | 
      
         | 2902 |  |  |               if (h == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 2903 |  |  |                 abort ();
 | 
      
         | 2904 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2905 |  |  |               /* Set STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol value.  */
 | 
      
         | 2906 |  |  |               h->root.u.def.value = sym->st_value;
 | 
      
         | 2907 |  |  |               h->root.u.def.section = sec;
 | 
      
         | 2908 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 2909 | 24 | jeremybenn |         }
 | 
      
         | 2910 |  |  |       else
 | 
      
         | 2911 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2912 |  |  |           bfd_boolean warned;
 | 
      
         | 2913 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2914 |  |  |           RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
 | 
      
         | 2915 |  |  |                                    r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
 | 
      
         | 2916 |  |  |                                    h, sec, relocation,
 | 
      
         | 2917 |  |  |                                    unresolved_reloc, warned);
 | 
      
         | 2918 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2919 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2920 |  |  |       if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
 | 
      
         | 2921 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2922 |  |  |           /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
 | 
      
         | 2923 |  |  |              or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
 | 
      
         | 2924 |  |  |              section contents zeroed.  Avoid any special processing.  */
 | 
      
         | 2925 |  |  |           _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
 | 
      
         | 2926 |  |  |           rel->r_info = 0;
 | 
      
         | 2927 |  |  |           rel->r_addend = 0;
 | 
      
         | 2928 |  |  |           continue;
 | 
      
         | 2929 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 2930 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2931 |  |  |       if (info->relocatable)
 | 
      
         | 2932 |  |  |         continue;
 | 
      
         | 2933 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2934 | 225 | jeremybenn |       /* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle
 | 
      
         | 2935 |  |  |          it here if it is defined in a non-shared object.  */
 | 
      
         | 2936 |  |  |       if (h != NULL
 | 
      
         | 2937 |  |  |           && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
 | 
      
         | 2938 |  |  |           && h->def_regular)
 | 
      
         | 2939 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 2940 |  |  |           asection *plt, *gotplt, *base_got;
 | 
      
         | 2941 |  |  |           bfd_vma plt_index;
 | 
      
         | 2942 |  |  |           const char *name;
 | 
      
         | 2943 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2944 |  |  |           if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
 | 
      
         | 2945 |  |  |               || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
 | 
      
         | 2946 |  |  |             abort ();
 | 
      
         | 2947 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2948 |  |  |           /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT.  */
 | 
      
         | 2949 |  |  |           if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 2950 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 2951 |  |  |               plt = htab->elf.splt;
 | 
      
         | 2952 |  |  |               gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
 | 
      
         | 2953 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 2954 |  |  |           else
 | 
      
         | 2955 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 2956 |  |  |               plt = htab->elf.iplt;
 | 
      
         | 2957 |  |  |               gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt;
 | 
      
         | 2958 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 2959 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2960 |  |  |           relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 2961 |  |  |                         + plt->output_offset + h->plt.offset);
 | 
      
         | 2962 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2963 |  |  |           switch (r_type)
 | 
      
         | 2964 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 2965 |  |  |             default:
 | 
      
         | 2966 |  |  |               if (h->root.root.string)
 | 
      
         | 2967 |  |  |                 name = h->root.root.string;
 | 
      
         | 2968 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 2969 |  |  |                 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
 | 
      
         | 2970 |  |  |                                          NULL);
 | 
      
         | 2971 |  |  |               (*_bfd_error_handler)
 | 
      
         | 2972 |  |  |                 (_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC "
 | 
      
         | 2973 |  |  |                    "symbol `%s' isn't handled by %s"), input_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 2974 |  |  |                  elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
 | 
      
         | 2975 |  |  |                  name, __FUNCTION__);
 | 
      
         | 2976 |  |  |               bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
 | 
      
         | 2977 |  |  |               return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 2978 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2979 |  |  |             case R_386_32:
 | 
      
         | 2980 |  |  |               /* Generate dynamic relcoation only when there is a
 | 
      
         | 2981 |  |  |                  non-GOF reference in a shared object.  */
 | 
      
         | 2982 |  |  |               if (info->shared && h->non_got_ref)
 | 
      
         | 2983 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 2984 |  |  |                   Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
 | 
      
         | 2985 |  |  |                   bfd_byte *loc;
 | 
      
         | 2986 |  |  |                   asection *sreloc;
 | 
      
         | 2987 |  |  |                   bfd_vma offset;
 | 
      
         | 2988 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2989 |  |  |                   /* Need a dynamic relocation to get the real function
 | 
      
         | 2990 |  |  |                      adddress.  */
 | 
      
         | 2991 |  |  |                   offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 2992 |  |  |                                                     info,
 | 
      
         | 2993 |  |  |                                                     input_section,
 | 
      
         | 2994 |  |  |                                                     rel->r_offset);
 | 
      
         | 2995 |  |  |                   if (offset == (bfd_vma) -1
 | 
      
         | 2996 |  |  |                       || offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
 | 
      
         | 2997 |  |  |                     abort ();
 | 
      
         | 2998 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 2999 |  |  |                   outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3000 |  |  |                                      + input_section->output_offset
 | 
      
         | 3001 |  |  |                                      + offset);
 | 
      
         | 3002 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3003 |  |  |                   if (h->dynindx == -1
 | 
      
         | 3004 |  |  |                       || h->forced_local
 | 
      
         | 3005 |  |  |                       || info->executable)
 | 
      
         | 3006 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3007 |  |  |                       /* This symbol is resolved locally.  */
 | 
      
         | 3008 |  |  |                       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE);
 | 
      
         | 3009 |  |  |                       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 3010 |  |  |                                   (h->root.u.def.value
 | 
      
         | 3011 |  |  |                                    + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3012 |  |  |                                    + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset),
 | 
      
         | 3013 |  |  |                                   contents + offset);
 | 
      
         | 3014 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3015 |  |  |                   else
 | 
      
         | 3016 |  |  |                     outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
 | 
      
         | 3017 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3018 |  |  |                   sreloc = htab->elf.irelifunc;
 | 
      
         | 3019 |  |  |                   loc = sreloc->contents;
 | 
      
         | 3020 |  |  |                   loc += (sreloc->reloc_count++
 | 
      
         | 3021 |  |  |                           * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
 | 
      
         | 3022 |  |  |                   bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
 | 
      
         | 3023 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3024 |  |  |                   /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we
 | 
      
         | 3025 |  |  |                      do not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise,
 | 
      
         | 3026 |  |  |                      we need to include the symbol value so that it
 | 
      
         | 3027 |  |  |                      becomes an addend for the dynamic reloc.  For an
 | 
      
         | 3028 |  |  |                      internal symbol, we have updated addend.  */
 | 
      
         | 3029 |  |  |                   continue;
 | 
      
         | 3030 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3031 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3032 |  |  |             case R_386_PC32:
 | 
      
         | 3033 |  |  |             case R_386_PLT32:
 | 
      
         | 3034 |  |  |               goto do_relocation;
 | 
      
         | 3035 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3036 |  |  |             case R_386_GOT32:
 | 
      
         | 3037 |  |  |               base_got = htab->elf.sgot;
 | 
      
         | 3038 |  |  |               off = h->got.offset;
 | 
      
         | 3039 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3040 |  |  |               if (base_got == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3041 |  |  |                 abort ();
 | 
      
         | 3042 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3043 |  |  |               if (off == (bfd_vma) -1)
 | 
      
         | 3044 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3045 |  |  |                   /* We can't use h->got.offset here to save state, or
 | 
      
         | 3046 |  |  |                      even just remember the offset, as finish_dynamic_symbol
 | 
      
         | 3047 |  |  |                      would use that as offset into .got.  */
 | 
      
         | 3048 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3049 |  |  |                   if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3050 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3051 |  |  |                       plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - 1;
 | 
      
         | 3052 |  |  |                       off = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
 | 
      
         | 3053 |  |  |                       base_got = htab->elf.sgotplt;
 | 
      
         | 3054 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3055 |  |  |                   else
 | 
      
         | 3056 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3057 |  |  |                       plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
 | 
      
         | 3058 |  |  |                       off = plt_index * 4;
 | 
      
         | 3059 |  |  |                       base_got = htab->elf.igotplt;
 | 
      
         | 3060 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3061 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3062 |  |  |                   if (h->dynindx == -1
 | 
      
         | 3063 |  |  |                       || h->forced_local
 | 
      
         | 3064 |  |  |                       || info->symbolic)
 | 
      
         | 3065 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3066 |  |  |                       /* This references the local defitionion.  We must
 | 
      
         | 3067 |  |  |                          initialize this entry in the global offset table.
 | 
      
         | 3068 |  |  |                          Since the offset must always be a multiple of 8,
 | 
      
         | 3069 |  |  |                          we use the least significant bit to record
 | 
      
         | 3070 |  |  |                          whether we have initialized it already.
 | 
      
         | 3071 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3072 |  |  |                          When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
 | 
      
         | 3073 |  |  |                          relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
 | 
      
         | 3074 |  |  |                          is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.   */
 | 
      
         | 3075 |  |  |                       if ((off & 1) != 0)
 | 
      
         | 3076 |  |  |                         off &= ~1;
 | 
      
         | 3077 |  |  |                       else
 | 
      
         | 3078 |  |  |                         {
 | 
      
         | 3079 |  |  |                           bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
 | 
      
         | 3080 |  |  |                                       base_got->contents + off);
 | 
      
         | 3081 |  |  |                           h->got.offset |= 1;
 | 
      
         | 3082 |  |  |                         }
 | 
      
         | 3083 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3084 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3085 |  |  |                   relocation = off;
 | 
      
         | 3086 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3087 |  |  |                   /* Adjust for static executables.  */
 | 
      
         | 3088 |  |  |                   if (htab->elf.splt == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3089 |  |  |                     relocation += gotplt->output_offset;
 | 
      
         | 3090 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3091 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 3092 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3093 |  |  |                   relocation = (base_got->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3094 |  |  |                                 + base_got->output_offset + off
 | 
      
         | 3095 |  |  |                                 - gotplt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3096 |  |  |                                 - gotplt->output_offset);
 | 
      
         | 3097 |  |  |                   /* Adjust for static executables.  */
 | 
      
         | 3098 |  |  |                   if (htab->elf.splt == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3099 |  |  |                     relocation += gotplt->output_offset;
 | 
      
         | 3100 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3101 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3102 |  |  |               goto do_relocation;
 | 
      
         | 3103 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3104 |  |  |             case R_386_GOTOFF:
 | 
      
         | 3105 |  |  |               relocation -= (gotplt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3106 |  |  |                              + gotplt->output_offset);
 | 
      
         | 3107 |  |  |               goto do_relocation;
 | 
      
         | 3108 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3109 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 3110 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3111 | 24 | jeremybenn |       switch (r_type)
 | 
      
         | 3112 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 3113 |  |  |         case R_386_GOT32:
 | 
      
         | 3114 |  |  |           /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
 | 
      
         | 3115 |  |  |              offset table.  */
 | 
      
         | 3116 | 225 | jeremybenn |           if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3117 | 24 | jeremybenn |             abort ();
 | 
      
         | 3118 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3119 |  |  |           if (h != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3120 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 3121 |  |  |               bfd_boolean dyn;
 | 
      
         | 3122 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3123 |  |  |               off = h->got.offset;
 | 
      
         | 3124 |  |  |               dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
 | 
      
         | 3125 |  |  |               if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
 | 
      
         | 3126 |  |  |                   || (info->shared
 | 
      
         | 3127 |  |  |                       && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
 | 
      
         | 3128 |  |  |                   || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
 | 
      
         | 3129 |  |  |                       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
 | 
      
         | 3130 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3131 |  |  |                   /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
 | 
      
         | 3132 |  |  |                      -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
 | 
      
         | 3133 |  |  |                      locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
 | 
      
         | 3134 |  |  |                      because of a version file.  We must initialize
 | 
      
         | 3135 |  |  |                      this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
 | 
      
         | 3136 |  |  |                      offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
 | 
      
         | 3137 |  |  |                      least significant bit to record whether we have
 | 
      
         | 3138 |  |  |                      initialized it already.
 | 
      
         | 3139 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3140 |  |  |                      When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rel.got
 | 
      
         | 3141 |  |  |                      relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
 | 
      
         | 3142 |  |  |                      is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
 | 
      
         | 3143 |  |  |                   if ((off & 1) != 0)
 | 
      
         | 3144 |  |  |                     off &= ~1;
 | 
      
         | 3145 |  |  |                   else
 | 
      
         | 3146 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3147 |  |  |                       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
 | 
      
         | 3148 | 225 | jeremybenn |                                   htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
 | 
      
         | 3149 | 24 | jeremybenn |                       h->got.offset |= 1;
 | 
      
         | 3150 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3151 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3152 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 3153 |  |  |                 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 3154 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3155 |  |  |           else
 | 
      
         | 3156 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 3157 |  |  |               if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3158 |  |  |                 abort ();
 | 
      
         | 3159 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3160 |  |  |               off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
 | 
      
         | 3161 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3162 |  |  |               /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
 | 
      
         | 3163 |  |  |                  the least significant bit to record whether we have
 | 
      
         | 3164 |  |  |                  already generated the necessary reloc.  */
 | 
      
         | 3165 |  |  |               if ((off & 1) != 0)
 | 
      
         | 3166 |  |  |                 off &= ~1;
 | 
      
         | 3167 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 3168 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3169 |  |  |                   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
 | 
      
         | 3170 | 225 | jeremybenn |                               htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
 | 
      
         | 3171 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 3172 |  |  |                   if (info->shared)
 | 
      
         | 3173 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3174 |  |  |                       asection *s;
 | 
      
         | 3175 |  |  |                       Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
 | 
      
         | 3176 |  |  |                       bfd_byte *loc;
 | 
      
         | 3177 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3178 | 225 | jeremybenn |                       s = htab->elf.srelgot;
 | 
      
         | 3179 | 24 | jeremybenn |                       if (s == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3180 |  |  |                         abort ();
 | 
      
         | 3181 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3182 | 225 | jeremybenn |                       outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3183 |  |  |                                          + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
 | 
      
         | 3184 | 24 | jeremybenn |                                          + off);
 | 
      
         | 3185 |  |  |                       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
 | 
      
         | 3186 |  |  |                       loc = s->contents;
 | 
      
         | 3187 |  |  |                       loc += s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 3188 |  |  |                       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
 | 
      
         | 3189 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3190 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3191 |  |  |                   local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
 | 
      
         | 3192 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3193 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3194 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3195 |  |  |           if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
 | 
      
         | 3196 |  |  |             abort ();
 | 
      
         | 3197 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3198 | 225 | jeremybenn |           relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3199 |  |  |                        + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
 | 
      
         | 3200 |  |  |                        - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3201 |  |  |                        - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
 | 
      
         | 3202 | 24 | jeremybenn |           break;
 | 
      
         | 3203 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3204 |  |  |         case R_386_GOTOFF:
 | 
      
         | 3205 |  |  |           /* Relocation is relative to the start of the global offset
 | 
      
         | 3206 |  |  |              table.  */
 | 
      
         | 3207 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3208 |  |  |           /* Check to make sure it isn't a protected function symbol
 | 
      
         | 3209 |  |  |              for shared library since it may not be local when used
 | 
      
         | 3210 | 225 | jeremybenn |              as function address.  We also need to make sure that a
 | 
      
         | 3211 |  |  |              symbol is defined locally.  */
 | 
      
         | 3212 |  |  |           if (info->shared && h)
 | 
      
         | 3213 | 24 | jeremybenn |             {
 | 
      
         | 3214 | 225 | jeremybenn |               if (!h->def_regular)
 | 
      
         | 3215 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3216 |  |  |                   const char *v;
 | 
      
         | 3217 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3218 |  |  |                   switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
 | 
      
         | 3219 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3220 |  |  |                     case STV_HIDDEN:
 | 
      
         | 3221 |  |  |                       v = _("hidden symbol");
 | 
      
         | 3222 |  |  |                       break;
 | 
      
         | 3223 |  |  |                     case STV_INTERNAL:
 | 
      
         | 3224 |  |  |                       v = _("internal symbol");
 | 
      
         | 3225 |  |  |                       break;
 | 
      
         | 3226 |  |  |                     case STV_PROTECTED:
 | 
      
         | 3227 |  |  |                       v = _("protected symbol");
 | 
      
         | 3228 |  |  |                       break;
 | 
      
         | 3229 |  |  |                     default:
 | 
      
         | 3230 |  |  |                       v = _("symbol");
 | 
      
         | 3231 |  |  |                       break;
 | 
      
         | 3232 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3233 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3234 |  |  |                   (*_bfd_error_handler)
 | 
      
         | 3235 |  |  |                     (_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against undefined %s `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"),
 | 
      
         | 3236 |  |  |                      input_bfd, v, h->root.root.string);
 | 
      
         | 3237 |  |  |                   bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
 | 
      
         | 3238 |  |  |                   return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 3239 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3240 |  |  |               else if (!info->executable
 | 
      
         | 3241 |  |  |                        && h->type == STT_FUNC
 | 
      
         | 3242 |  |  |                        && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_PROTECTED)
 | 
      
         | 3243 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3244 |  |  |                   (*_bfd_error_handler)
 | 
      
         | 3245 |  |  |                     (_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against protected function `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"),
 | 
      
         | 3246 |  |  |                      input_bfd, h->root.root.string);
 | 
      
         | 3247 |  |  |                   bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
 | 
      
         | 3248 |  |  |                   return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 3249 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3250 | 24 | jeremybenn |             }
 | 
      
         | 3251 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3252 |  |  |           /* Note that sgot is not involved in this
 | 
      
         | 3253 |  |  |              calculation.  We always want the start of .got.plt.  If we
 | 
      
         | 3254 |  |  |              defined _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ in a different way, as is
 | 
      
         | 3255 |  |  |              permitted by the ABI, we might have to change this
 | 
      
         | 3256 |  |  |              calculation.  */
 | 
      
         | 3257 | 225 | jeremybenn |           relocation -= htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3258 |  |  |                         + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
 | 
      
         | 3259 | 24 | jeremybenn |           break;
 | 
      
         | 3260 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3261 |  |  |         case R_386_GOTPC:
 | 
      
         | 3262 |  |  |           /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
 | 
      
         | 3263 | 225 | jeremybenn |           relocation = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3264 |  |  |                        + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
 | 
      
         | 3265 | 24 | jeremybenn |           unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 3266 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 3267 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3268 |  |  |         case R_386_PLT32:
 | 
      
         | 3269 |  |  |           /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
 | 
      
         | 3270 |  |  |              procedure linkage table.  */
 | 
      
         | 3271 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3272 |  |  |           /* Resolve a PLT32 reloc against a local symbol directly,
 | 
      
         | 3273 |  |  |              without using the procedure linkage table.  */
 | 
      
         | 3274 |  |  |           if (h == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3275 |  |  |             break;
 | 
      
         | 3276 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3277 |  |  |           if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
 | 
      
         | 3278 | 225 | jeremybenn |               || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3279 | 24 | jeremybenn |             {
 | 
      
         | 3280 |  |  |               /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
 | 
      
         | 3281 |  |  |                  happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
 | 
      
         | 3282 |  |  |                  using -Bsymbolic.  */
 | 
      
         | 3283 |  |  |               break;
 | 
      
         | 3284 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3285 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3286 | 225 | jeremybenn |           relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3287 |  |  |                         + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
 | 
      
         | 3288 | 24 | jeremybenn |                         + h->plt.offset);
 | 
      
         | 3289 |  |  |           unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 3290 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 3291 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3292 |  |  |         case R_386_32:
 | 
      
         | 3293 |  |  |         case R_386_PC32:
 | 
      
         | 3294 | 225 | jeremybenn |           if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
 | 
      
         | 3295 |  |  |               || is_vxworks_tls)
 | 
      
         | 3296 | 24 | jeremybenn |             break;
 | 
      
         | 3297 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3298 |  |  |           if ((info->shared
 | 
      
         | 3299 |  |  |                && (h == NULL
 | 
      
         | 3300 |  |  |                    || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
 | 
      
         | 3301 |  |  |                    || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
 | 
      
         | 3302 |  |  |                && (r_type != R_386_PC32
 | 
      
         | 3303 |  |  |                    || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
 | 
      
         | 3304 |  |  |               || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
 | 
      
         | 3305 |  |  |                   && !info->shared
 | 
      
         | 3306 |  |  |                   && h != NULL
 | 
      
         | 3307 |  |  |                   && h->dynindx != -1
 | 
      
         | 3308 |  |  |                   && !h->non_got_ref
 | 
      
         | 3309 |  |  |                   && ((h->def_dynamic
 | 
      
         | 3310 |  |  |                        && !h->def_regular)
 | 
      
         | 3311 |  |  |                       || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
 | 
      
         | 3312 |  |  |                       || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))
 | 
      
         | 3313 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 3314 |  |  |               Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
 | 
      
         | 3315 |  |  |               bfd_byte *loc;
 | 
      
         | 3316 |  |  |               bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
 | 
      
         | 3317 |  |  |               asection *sreloc;
 | 
      
         | 3318 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3319 |  |  |               /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
 | 
      
         | 3320 |  |  |                  are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
 | 
      
         | 3321 |  |  |                  time.  */
 | 
      
         | 3322 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3323 |  |  |               skip = FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 3324 |  |  |               relocate = FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 3325 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3326 |  |  |               outrel.r_offset =
 | 
      
         | 3327 |  |  |                 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
 | 
      
         | 3328 |  |  |                                          rel->r_offset);
 | 
      
         | 3329 |  |  |               if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
 | 
      
         | 3330 |  |  |                 skip = TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 3331 |  |  |               else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
 | 
      
         | 3332 |  |  |                 skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 3333 |  |  |               outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3334 |  |  |                                   + input_section->output_offset);
 | 
      
         | 3335 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3336 |  |  |               if (skip)
 | 
      
         | 3337 |  |  |                 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
 | 
      
         | 3338 |  |  |               else if (h != NULL
 | 
      
         | 3339 |  |  |                        && h->dynindx != -1
 | 
      
         | 3340 |  |  |                        && (r_type == R_386_PC32
 | 
      
         | 3341 |  |  |                            || !info->shared
 | 
      
         | 3342 |  |  |                            || !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
 | 
      
         | 3343 |  |  |                            || !h->def_regular))
 | 
      
         | 3344 |  |  |                 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
 | 
      
         | 3345 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 3346 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3347 |  |  |                   /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local.  */
 | 
      
         | 3348 |  |  |                   relocate = TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 3349 |  |  |                   outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
 | 
      
         | 3350 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3351 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3352 |  |  |               sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
 | 
      
         | 3353 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3354 | 225 | jeremybenn |               BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL && sreloc->contents != NULL);
 | 
      
         | 3355 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3356 | 24 | jeremybenn |               loc = sreloc->contents;
 | 
      
         | 3357 |  |  |               loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 3358 | 225 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 3359 | 24 | jeremybenn |               bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
 | 
      
         | 3360 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3361 |  |  |               /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
 | 
      
         | 3362 |  |  |                  not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
 | 
      
         | 3363 |  |  |                  need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
 | 
      
         | 3364 |  |  |                  an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
 | 
      
         | 3365 |  |  |               if (! relocate)
 | 
      
         | 3366 |  |  |                 continue;
 | 
      
         | 3367 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3368 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 3369 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3370 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_IE:
 | 
      
         | 3371 | 225 | jeremybenn |           if (!info->executable)
 | 
      
         | 3372 | 24 | jeremybenn |             {
 | 
      
         | 3373 |  |  |               Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
 | 
      
         | 3374 |  |  |               bfd_byte *loc;
 | 
      
         | 3375 |  |  |               asection *sreloc;
 | 
      
         | 3376 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3377 |  |  |               outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset
 | 
      
         | 3378 |  |  |                                 + input_section->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3379 |  |  |                                 + input_section->output_offset;
 | 
      
         | 3380 |  |  |               outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
 | 
      
         | 3381 |  |  |               sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
 | 
      
         | 3382 |  |  |               if (sreloc == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3383 |  |  |                 abort ();
 | 
      
         | 3384 |  |  |               loc = sreloc->contents;
 | 
      
         | 3385 |  |  |               loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 3386 |  |  |               bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
 | 
      
         | 3387 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3388 |  |  |           /* Fall through */
 | 
      
         | 3389 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3390 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_GD:
 | 
      
         | 3391 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
 | 
      
         | 3392 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
 | 
      
         | 3393 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
 | 
      
         | 3394 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
 | 
      
         | 3395 |  |  |           tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
 | 
      
         | 3396 |  |  |           if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
 | 
      
         | 3397 |  |  |             tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
 | 
      
         | 3398 |  |  |           else if (h != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3399 |  |  |             tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
 | 
      
         | 3400 |  |  |           if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
 | 
      
         | 3401 |  |  |             tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG;
 | 
      
         | 3402 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3403 |  |  |           if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 3404 |  |  |                                          input_section, contents,
 | 
      
         | 3405 |  |  |                                          symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
 | 
      
         | 3406 |  |  |                                          &r_type, tls_type, rel,
 | 
      
         | 3407 | 225 | jeremybenn |                                          relend, h, r_symndx))
 | 
      
         | 3408 | 24 | jeremybenn |             return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 3409 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3410 |  |  |           if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
 | 
      
         | 3411 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 3412 |  |  |               BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
 | 
      
         | 3413 |  |  |               if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD)
 | 
      
         | 3414 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3415 |  |  |                   unsigned int type;
 | 
      
         | 3416 |  |  |                   bfd_vma roff;
 | 
      
         | 3417 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3418 |  |  |                   /* GD->LE transition.  */
 | 
      
         | 3419 |  |  |                   type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
 | 
      
         | 3420 |  |  |                   if (type == 0x04)
 | 
      
         | 3421 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3422 |  |  |                       /* leal foo(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
 | 
      
         | 3423 |  |  |                          Change it into:
 | 
      
         | 3424 |  |  |                          movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@tpoff, %eax
 | 
      
         | 3425 |  |  |                          (6 byte form of subl).  */
 | 
      
         | 3426 |  |  |                       memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 3,
 | 
      
         | 3427 |  |  |                               "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x81\xe8\0\0\0", 12);
 | 
      
         | 3428 |  |  |                       roff = rel->r_offset + 5;
 | 
      
         | 3429 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3430 |  |  |                   else
 | 
      
         | 3431 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3432 |  |  |                       /* leal foo(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop
 | 
      
         | 3433 |  |  |                          Change it into:
 | 
      
         | 3434 |  |  |                          movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@tpoff, %eax
 | 
      
         | 3435 |  |  |                          (6 byte form of subl).  */
 | 
      
         | 3436 |  |  |                       memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2,
 | 
      
         | 3437 |  |  |                               "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x81\xe8\0\0\0", 12);
 | 
      
         | 3438 |  |  |                       roff = rel->r_offset + 6;
 | 
      
         | 3439 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3440 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
 | 
      
         | 3441 | 24 | jeremybenn |                               contents + roff);
 | 
      
         | 3442 |  |  |                   /* Skip R_386_PC32/R_386_PLT32.  */
 | 
      
         | 3443 |  |  |                   rel++;
 | 
      
         | 3444 |  |  |                   continue;
 | 
      
         | 3445 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3446 |  |  |               else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC)
 | 
      
         | 3447 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3448 |  |  |                   /* GDesc -> LE transition.
 | 
      
         | 3449 |  |  |                      It's originally something like:
 | 
      
         | 3450 |  |  |                      leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax
 | 
      
         | 3451 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3452 |  |  |                      leal x@ntpoff, %eax
 | 
      
         | 3453 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3454 |  |  |                      Registers other than %eax may be set up here.  */
 | 
      
         | 3455 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3456 |  |  |                   unsigned int val;
 | 
      
         | 3457 |  |  |                   bfd_vma roff;
 | 
      
         | 3458 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3459 |  |  |                   roff = rel->r_offset;
 | 
      
         | 3460 |  |  |                   val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 1);
 | 
      
         | 3461 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3462 |  |  |                   /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate.  */
 | 
      
         | 3463 |  |  |                   /* aoliva FIXME: remove the above and xor the byte
 | 
      
         | 3464 |  |  |                      below with 0x86.  */
 | 
      
         | 3465 |  |  |                   bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, val ^ 0x86,
 | 
      
         | 3466 |  |  |                              contents + roff - 1);
 | 
      
         | 3467 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
 | 
      
         | 3468 | 24 | jeremybenn |                               contents + roff);
 | 
      
         | 3469 |  |  |                   continue;
 | 
      
         | 3470 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3471 |  |  |               else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
 | 
      
         | 3472 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3473 |  |  |                   /* GDesc -> LE transition.
 | 
      
         | 3474 |  |  |                      It's originally:
 | 
      
         | 3475 |  |  |                      call *(%eax)
 | 
      
         | 3476 |  |  |                      Turn it into:
 | 
      
         | 3477 |  |  |                      xchg %ax,%ax  */
 | 
      
         | 3478 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3479 |  |  |                   bfd_vma roff;
 | 
      
         | 3480 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3481 |  |  |                   roff = rel->r_offset;
 | 
      
         | 3482 |  |  |                   bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff);
 | 
      
         | 3483 |  |  |                   bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1);
 | 
      
         | 3484 |  |  |                   continue;
 | 
      
         | 3485 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3486 |  |  |               else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_IE)
 | 
      
         | 3487 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3488 |  |  |                   unsigned int val;
 | 
      
         | 3489 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3490 |  |  |                   /* IE->LE transition:
 | 
      
         | 3491 |  |  |                      Originally it can be one of:
 | 
      
         | 3492 |  |  |                      movl foo, %eax
 | 
      
         | 3493 |  |  |                      movl foo, %reg
 | 
      
         | 3494 |  |  |                      addl foo, %reg
 | 
      
         | 3495 |  |  |                      We change it into:
 | 
      
         | 3496 |  |  |                      movl $foo, %eax
 | 
      
         | 3497 |  |  |                      movl $foo, %reg
 | 
      
         | 3498 |  |  |                      addl $foo, %reg.  */
 | 
      
         | 3499 |  |  |                   val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
 | 
      
         | 3500 |  |  |                   if (val == 0xa1)
 | 
      
         | 3501 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3502 |  |  |                       /* movl foo, %eax.  */
 | 
      
         | 3503 |  |  |                       bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xb8,
 | 
      
         | 3504 |  |  |                                  contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
 | 
      
         | 3505 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3506 |  |  |                   else
 | 
      
         | 3507 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3508 |  |  |                       unsigned int type;
 | 
      
         | 3509 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3510 |  |  |                       type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 3511 |  |  |                                         contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
 | 
      
         | 3512 |  |  |                       switch (type)
 | 
      
         | 3513 |  |  |                         {
 | 
      
         | 3514 |  |  |                         case 0x8b:
 | 
      
         | 3515 |  |  |                           /* movl */
 | 
      
         | 3516 |  |  |                           bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7,
 | 
      
         | 3517 |  |  |                                      contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
 | 
      
         | 3518 |  |  |                           bfd_put_8 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 3519 |  |  |                                      0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
 | 
      
         | 3520 |  |  |                                      contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
 | 
      
         | 3521 |  |  |                           break;
 | 
      
         | 3522 |  |  |                         case 0x03:
 | 
      
         | 3523 |  |  |                           /* addl */
 | 
      
         | 3524 |  |  |                           bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
 | 
      
         | 3525 |  |  |                                      contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
 | 
      
         | 3526 |  |  |                           bfd_put_8 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 3527 |  |  |                                      0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
 | 
      
         | 3528 |  |  |                                      contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
 | 
      
         | 3529 |  |  |                           break;
 | 
      
         | 3530 |  |  |                         default:
 | 
      
         | 3531 |  |  |                           BFD_FAIL ();
 | 
      
         | 3532 |  |  |                           break;
 | 
      
         | 3533 |  |  |                         }
 | 
      
         | 3534 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3535 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
 | 
      
         | 3536 | 24 | jeremybenn |                               contents + rel->r_offset);
 | 
      
         | 3537 |  |  |                   continue;
 | 
      
         | 3538 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3539 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 3540 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3541 |  |  |                   unsigned int val, type;
 | 
      
         | 3542 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3543 |  |  |                   /* {IE_32,GOTIE}->LE transition:
 | 
      
         | 3544 |  |  |                      Originally it can be one of:
 | 
      
         | 3545 |  |  |                      subl foo(%reg1), %reg2
 | 
      
         | 3546 |  |  |                      movl foo(%reg1), %reg2
 | 
      
         | 3547 |  |  |                      addl foo(%reg1), %reg2
 | 
      
         | 3548 |  |  |                      We change it into:
 | 
      
         | 3549 |  |  |                      subl $foo, %reg2
 | 
      
         | 3550 |  |  |                      movl $foo, %reg2 (6 byte form)
 | 
      
         | 3551 |  |  |                      addl $foo, %reg2.  */
 | 
      
         | 3552 |  |  |                   type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
 | 
      
         | 3553 |  |  |                   val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
 | 
      
         | 3554 |  |  |                   if (type == 0x8b)
 | 
      
         | 3555 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3556 |  |  |                       /* movl */
 | 
      
         | 3557 |  |  |                       bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7,
 | 
      
         | 3558 |  |  |                                  contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
 | 
      
         | 3559 |  |  |                       bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
 | 
      
         | 3560 |  |  |                                  contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
 | 
      
         | 3561 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3562 |  |  |                   else if (type == 0x2b)
 | 
      
         | 3563 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3564 |  |  |                       /* subl */
 | 
      
         | 3565 |  |  |                       bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
 | 
      
         | 3566 |  |  |                                  contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
 | 
      
         | 3567 |  |  |                       bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xe8 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
 | 
      
         | 3568 |  |  |                                  contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
 | 
      
         | 3569 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3570 |  |  |                   else if (type == 0x03)
 | 
      
         | 3571 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3572 |  |  |                       /* addl */
 | 
      
         | 3573 |  |  |                       bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
 | 
      
         | 3574 |  |  |                                  contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
 | 
      
         | 3575 |  |  |                       bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
 | 
      
         | 3576 |  |  |                                  contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
 | 
      
         | 3577 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3578 |  |  |                   else
 | 
      
         | 3579 |  |  |                     BFD_FAIL ();
 | 
      
         | 3580 |  |  |                   if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTIE)
 | 
      
         | 3581 | 225 | jeremybenn |                     bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
 | 
      
         | 3582 | 24 | jeremybenn |                                 contents + rel->r_offset);
 | 
      
         | 3583 |  |  |                   else
 | 
      
         | 3584 | 225 | jeremybenn |                     bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
 | 
      
         | 3585 | 24 | jeremybenn |                                 contents + rel->r_offset);
 | 
      
         | 3586 |  |  |                   continue;
 | 
      
         | 3587 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3588 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3589 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3590 | 225 | jeremybenn |           if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3591 | 24 | jeremybenn |             abort ();
 | 
      
         | 3592 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3593 |  |  |           if (h != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3594 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 3595 |  |  |               off = h->got.offset;
 | 
      
         | 3596 |  |  |               offplt = elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->tlsdesc_got;
 | 
      
         | 3597 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3598 |  |  |           else
 | 
      
         | 3599 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 3600 |  |  |               if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3601 |  |  |                 abort ();
 | 
      
         | 3602 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3603 |  |  |               off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
 | 
      
         | 3604 |  |  |               offplt = local_tlsdesc_gotents[r_symndx];
 | 
      
         | 3605 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3606 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3607 |  |  |           if ((off & 1) != 0)
 | 
      
         | 3608 |  |  |             off &= ~1;
 | 
      
         | 3609 |  |  |           else
 | 
      
         | 3610 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 3611 |  |  |               Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
 | 
      
         | 3612 |  |  |               bfd_byte *loc;
 | 
      
         | 3613 |  |  |               int dr_type, indx;
 | 
      
         | 3614 |  |  |               asection *sreloc;
 | 
      
         | 3615 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3616 | 225 | jeremybenn |               if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3617 | 24 | jeremybenn |                 abort ();
 | 
      
         | 3618 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3619 |  |  |               indx = h && h->dynindx != -1 ? h->dynindx : 0;
 | 
      
         | 3620 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3621 |  |  |               if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
 | 
      
         | 3622 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3623 |  |  |                   outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_DESC);
 | 
      
         | 3624 |  |  |                   BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt + 8
 | 
      
         | 3625 | 225 | jeremybenn |                               <= htab->elf.sgotplt->size);
 | 
      
         | 3626 |  |  |                   outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3627 |  |  |                                      + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
 | 
      
         | 3628 | 24 | jeremybenn |                                      + offplt
 | 
      
         | 3629 |  |  |                                      + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size);
 | 
      
         | 3630 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   sreloc = htab->elf.srelplt;
 | 
      
         | 3631 | 24 | jeremybenn |                   loc = sreloc->contents;
 | 
      
         | 3632 |  |  |                   loc += (htab->next_tls_desc_index++
 | 
      
         | 3633 |  |  |                           * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
 | 
      
         | 3634 |  |  |                   BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)
 | 
      
         | 3635 |  |  |                               <= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size);
 | 
      
         | 3636 |  |  |                   bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
 | 
      
         | 3637 |  |  |                   if (indx == 0)
 | 
      
         | 3638 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3639 |  |  |                       BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
 | 
      
         | 3640 |  |  |                       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 3641 | 225 | jeremybenn |                                   relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info),
 | 
      
         | 3642 |  |  |                                   htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt
 | 
      
         | 3643 | 24 | jeremybenn |                                   + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4);
 | 
      
         | 3644 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3645 |  |  |                   else
 | 
      
         | 3646 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3647 |  |  |                       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
 | 
      
         | 3648 | 225 | jeremybenn |                                   htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt
 | 
      
         | 3649 | 24 | jeremybenn |                                   + htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4);
 | 
      
         | 3650 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3651 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3652 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3653 | 225 | jeremybenn |               sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot;
 | 
      
         | 3654 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 3655 | 225 | jeremybenn |               outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3656 |  |  |                                  + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off);
 | 
      
         | 3657 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 3658 |  |  |               if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
 | 
      
         | 3659 |  |  |                 dr_type = R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32;
 | 
      
         | 3660 |  |  |               else if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
 | 
      
         | 3661 |  |  |                 goto dr_done;
 | 
      
         | 3662 |  |  |               else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS)
 | 
      
         | 3663 |  |  |                 dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF;
 | 
      
         | 3664 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 3665 |  |  |                 dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF32;
 | 
      
         | 3666 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3667 |  |  |               if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF && indx == 0)
 | 
      
         | 3668 | 225 | jeremybenn |                 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 3669 |  |  |                             relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info),
 | 
      
         | 3670 |  |  |                             htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
 | 
      
         | 3671 | 24 | jeremybenn |               else if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
 | 
      
         | 3672 | 225 | jeremybenn |                 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 3673 |  |  |                             elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation,
 | 
      
         | 3674 |  |  |                             htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
 | 
      
         | 3675 | 24 | jeremybenn |               else if (dr_type != R_386_TLS_DESC)
 | 
      
         | 3676 |  |  |                 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
 | 
      
         | 3677 | 225 | jeremybenn |                             htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
 | 
      
         | 3678 | 24 | jeremybenn |               outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
 | 
      
         | 3679 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3680 |  |  |               loc = sreloc->contents;
 | 
      
         | 3681 |  |  |               loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 3682 |  |  |               BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)
 | 
      
         | 3683 |  |  |                           <= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size);
 | 
      
         | 3684 |  |  |               bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
 | 
      
         | 3685 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3686 |  |  |               if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
 | 
      
         | 3687 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3688 |  |  |                   if (indx == 0)
 | 
      
         | 3689 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3690 |  |  |                       BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
 | 
      
         | 3691 |  |  |                       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 3692 | 225 | jeremybenn |                                   relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info),
 | 
      
         | 3693 |  |  |                                   htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
 | 
      
         | 3694 | 24 | jeremybenn |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3695 |  |  |                   else
 | 
      
         | 3696 |  |  |                     {
 | 
      
         | 3697 |  |  |                       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
 | 
      
         | 3698 | 225 | jeremybenn |                                   htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
 | 
      
         | 3699 | 24 | jeremybenn |                       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
 | 
      
         | 3700 |  |  |                                                     R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32);
 | 
      
         | 3701 |  |  |                       outrel.r_offset += 4;
 | 
      
         | 3702 |  |  |                       sreloc->reloc_count++;
 | 
      
         | 3703 |  |  |                       loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 3704 |  |  |                       BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)
 | 
      
         | 3705 |  |  |                                   <= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size);
 | 
      
         | 3706 |  |  |                       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
 | 
      
         | 3707 |  |  |                     }
 | 
      
         | 3708 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3709 |  |  |               else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
 | 
      
         | 3710 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3711 |  |  |                   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 3712 | 225 | jeremybenn |                               (indx == 0
 | 
      
         | 3713 |  |  |                                ? relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info)
 | 
      
         | 3714 |  |  |                                : 0),
 | 
      
         | 3715 |  |  |                               htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
 | 
      
         | 3716 | 24 | jeremybenn |                   outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF);
 | 
      
         | 3717 |  |  |                   outrel.r_offset += 4;
 | 
      
         | 3718 |  |  |                   sreloc->reloc_count++;
 | 
      
         | 3719 |  |  |                   loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 3720 |  |  |                   bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
 | 
      
         | 3721 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3722 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3723 |  |  |             dr_done:
 | 
      
         | 3724 |  |  |               if (h != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3725 |  |  |                 h->got.offset |= 1;
 | 
      
         | 3726 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 3727 |  |  |                 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
 | 
      
         | 3728 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3729 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3730 |  |  |           if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2
 | 
      
         | 3731 |  |  |               && ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
 | 
      
         | 3732 |  |  |             abort ();
 | 
      
         | 3733 |  |  |           if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC
 | 
      
         | 3734 |  |  |               || r_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
 | 
      
         | 3735 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 3736 |  |  |               relocation = htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt;
 | 
      
         | 3737 |  |  |               unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 3738 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3739 |  |  |           else if (r_type == ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
 | 
      
         | 3740 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 3741 | 225 | jeremybenn |               bfd_vma g_o_t = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3742 |  |  |                               + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
 | 
      
         | 3743 |  |  |               relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3744 |  |  |                 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off - g_o_t;
 | 
      
         | 3745 | 24 | jeremybenn |               if ((r_type == R_386_TLS_IE || r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTIE)
 | 
      
         | 3746 |  |  |                   && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
 | 
      
         | 3747 |  |  |                 relocation += 4;
 | 
      
         | 3748 |  |  |               if (r_type == R_386_TLS_IE)
 | 
      
         | 3749 |  |  |                 relocation += g_o_t;
 | 
      
         | 3750 |  |  |               unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 3751 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3752 |  |  |           else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD)
 | 
      
         | 3753 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 3754 |  |  |               unsigned int val, type;
 | 
      
         | 3755 |  |  |               bfd_vma roff;
 | 
      
         | 3756 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3757 |  |  |               /* GD->IE transition.  */
 | 
      
         | 3758 |  |  |               type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
 | 
      
         | 3759 |  |  |               val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
 | 
      
         | 3760 |  |  |               if (type == 0x04)
 | 
      
         | 3761 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3762 |  |  |                   /* leal foo(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
 | 
      
         | 3763 |  |  |                      Change it into:
 | 
      
         | 3764 |  |  |                      movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax.  */
 | 
      
         | 3765 |  |  |                   val >>= 3;
 | 
      
         | 3766 |  |  |                   roff = rel->r_offset - 3;
 | 
      
         | 3767 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3768 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 3769 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3770 |  |  |                   /* leal foo(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop
 | 
      
         | 3771 |  |  |                      Change it into:
 | 
      
         | 3772 |  |  |                      movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax.  */
 | 
      
         | 3773 |  |  |                   roff = rel->r_offset - 2;
 | 
      
         | 3774 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3775 |  |  |               memcpy (contents + roff,
 | 
      
         | 3776 |  |  |                       "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x2b\x80\0\0\0", 12);
 | 
      
         | 3777 |  |  |               contents[roff + 7] = 0x80 | (val & 7);
 | 
      
         | 3778 |  |  |               /* If foo is used only with foo@gotntpoff(%reg) and
 | 
      
         | 3779 |  |  |                  foo@indntpoff, but not with foo@gottpoff(%reg), change
 | 
      
         | 3780 |  |  |                  subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax
 | 
      
         | 3781 |  |  |                  into:
 | 
      
         | 3782 |  |  |                  addl $foo@gotntpoff(%reg), %eax.  */
 | 
      
         | 3783 |  |  |               if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS)
 | 
      
         | 3784 |  |  |                 contents[roff + 6] = 0x03;
 | 
      
         | 3785 |  |  |               bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 3786 | 225 | jeremybenn |                           htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3787 |  |  |                           + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
 | 
      
         | 3788 |  |  |                           - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3789 |  |  |                           - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset,
 | 
      
         | 3790 | 24 | jeremybenn |                           contents + roff + 8);
 | 
      
         | 3791 |  |  |               /* Skip R_386_PLT32.  */
 | 
      
         | 3792 |  |  |               rel++;
 | 
      
         | 3793 |  |  |               continue;
 | 
      
         | 3794 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3795 |  |  |           else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC)
 | 
      
         | 3796 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 3797 |  |  |               /* GDesc -> IE transition.
 | 
      
         | 3798 |  |  |                  It's originally something like:
 | 
      
         | 3799 |  |  |                  leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax
 | 
      
         | 3800 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3801 |  |  |                  Change it to:
 | 
      
         | 3802 |  |  |                  movl x@gotntpoff(%ebx), %eax # before xchg %ax,%ax
 | 
      
         | 3803 |  |  |                  or:
 | 
      
         | 3804 |  |  |                  movl x@gottpoff(%ebx), %eax # before negl %eax
 | 
      
         | 3805 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3806 |  |  |                  Registers other than %eax may be set up here.  */
 | 
      
         | 3807 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3808 |  |  |               bfd_vma roff;
 | 
      
         | 3809 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3810 |  |  |               /* First, make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit
 | 
      
         | 3811 |  |  |                  offset into any register, although it's probably
 | 
      
         | 3812 |  |  |                  almost always going to be eax.  */
 | 
      
         | 3813 |  |  |               roff = rel->r_offset;
 | 
      
         | 3814 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3815 |  |  |               /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate.  */
 | 
      
         | 3816 |  |  |               /* To turn a leal into a movl in the form we use it, it
 | 
      
         | 3817 |  |  |                  suffices to change the first byte from 0x8d to 0x8b.
 | 
      
         | 3818 |  |  |                  aoliva FIXME: should we decide to keep the leal, all
 | 
      
         | 3819 |  |  |                  we have to do is remove the statement below, and
 | 
      
         | 3820 |  |  |                  adjust the relaxation of R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL.  */
 | 
      
         | 3821 |  |  |               bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x8b, contents + roff - 2);
 | 
      
         | 3822 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3823 |  |  |               if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
 | 
      
         | 3824 |  |  |                 off += 4;
 | 
      
         | 3825 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3826 |  |  |               bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 3827 | 225 | jeremybenn |                           htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3828 |  |  |                           + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
 | 
      
         | 3829 |  |  |                           - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3830 |  |  |                           - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset,
 | 
      
         | 3831 | 24 | jeremybenn |                           contents + roff);
 | 
      
         | 3832 |  |  |               continue;
 | 
      
         | 3833 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3834 |  |  |           else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
 | 
      
         | 3835 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 3836 |  |  |               /* GDesc -> IE transition.
 | 
      
         | 3837 |  |  |                  It's originally:
 | 
      
         | 3838 |  |  |                  call *(%eax)
 | 
      
         | 3839 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3840 |  |  |                  Change it to:
 | 
      
         | 3841 |  |  |                  xchg %ax,%ax
 | 
      
         | 3842 |  |  |                  or
 | 
      
         | 3843 |  |  |                  negl %eax
 | 
      
         | 3844 |  |  |                  depending on how we transformed the TLS_GOTDESC above.
 | 
      
         | 3845 |  |  |               */
 | 
      
         | 3846 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3847 |  |  |               bfd_vma roff;
 | 
      
         | 3848 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3849 |  |  |               roff = rel->r_offset;
 | 
      
         | 3850 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3851 |  |  |               /* Now modify the instruction as appropriate.  */
 | 
      
         | 3852 |  |  |               if (tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE_NEG)
 | 
      
         | 3853 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3854 |  |  |                   /* xchg %ax,%ax */
 | 
      
         | 3855 |  |  |                   bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff);
 | 
      
         | 3856 |  |  |                   bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1);
 | 
      
         | 3857 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3858 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 3859 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 3860 |  |  |                   /* negl %eax */
 | 
      
         | 3861 |  |  |                   bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xf7, contents + roff);
 | 
      
         | 3862 |  |  |                   bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xd8, contents + roff + 1);
 | 
      
         | 3863 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 3864 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3865 |  |  |               continue;
 | 
      
         | 3866 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3867 |  |  |           else
 | 
      
         | 3868 |  |  |             BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
 | 
      
         | 3869 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 3870 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3871 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_LDM:
 | 
      
         | 3872 |  |  |           if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 3873 |  |  |                                          input_section, contents,
 | 
      
         | 3874 |  |  |                                          symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
 | 
      
         | 3875 |  |  |                                          &r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN, rel,
 | 
      
         | 3876 | 225 | jeremybenn |                                          relend, h, r_symndx))
 | 
      
         | 3877 | 24 | jeremybenn |             return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 3878 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3879 |  |  |           if (r_type != R_386_TLS_LDM)
 | 
      
         | 3880 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 3881 |  |  |               /* LD->LE transition:
 | 
      
         | 3882 |  |  |                  leal foo(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr.
 | 
      
         | 3883 |  |  |                  We change it into:
 | 
      
         | 3884 |  |  |                  movl %gs:0, %eax; nop; leal 0(%esi,1), %esi.  */
 | 
      
         | 3885 |  |  |               BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32);
 | 
      
         | 3886 |  |  |               memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2,
 | 
      
         | 3887 |  |  |                       "\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x90\x8d\x74\x26", 11);
 | 
      
         | 3888 |  |  |               /* Skip R_386_PC32/R_386_PLT32.  */
 | 
      
         | 3889 |  |  |               rel++;
 | 
      
         | 3890 |  |  |               continue;
 | 
      
         | 3891 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3892 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3893 | 225 | jeremybenn |           if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3894 | 24 | jeremybenn |             abort ();
 | 
      
         | 3895 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3896 |  |  |           off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
 | 
      
         | 3897 |  |  |           if (off & 1)
 | 
      
         | 3898 |  |  |             off &= ~1;
 | 
      
         | 3899 |  |  |           else
 | 
      
         | 3900 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 3901 |  |  |               Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
 | 
      
         | 3902 |  |  |               bfd_byte *loc;
 | 
      
         | 3903 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3904 | 225 | jeremybenn |               if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3905 | 24 | jeremybenn |                 abort ();
 | 
      
         | 3906 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3907 | 225 | jeremybenn |               outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3908 |  |  |                                  + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off);
 | 
      
         | 3909 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 3910 |  |  |               bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
 | 
      
         | 3911 | 225 | jeremybenn |                           htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
 | 
      
         | 3912 | 24 | jeremybenn |               bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
 | 
      
         | 3913 | 225 | jeremybenn |                           htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
 | 
      
         | 3914 | 24 | jeremybenn |               outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32);
 | 
      
         | 3915 | 225 | jeremybenn |               loc = htab->elf.srelgot->contents;
 | 
      
         | 3916 |  |  |               loc += htab->elf.srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 3917 | 24 | jeremybenn |               bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
 | 
      
         | 3918 |  |  |               htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
 | 
      
         | 3919 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 3920 | 225 | jeremybenn |           relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3921 |  |  |                        + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
 | 
      
         | 3922 |  |  |                        - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3923 |  |  |                        - htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
 | 
      
         | 3924 | 24 | jeremybenn |           unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 3925 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 3926 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3927 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_LDO_32:
 | 
      
         | 3928 |  |  |           if (info->shared || (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
 | 
      
         | 3929 | 225 | jeremybenn |             relocation -= elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info);
 | 
      
         | 3930 | 24 | jeremybenn |           else
 | 
      
         | 3931 |  |  |             /* When converting LDO to LE, we must negate.  */
 | 
      
         | 3932 | 225 | jeremybenn |             relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation);
 | 
      
         | 3933 | 24 | jeremybenn |           break;
 | 
      
         | 3934 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3935 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_LE_32:
 | 
      
         | 3936 |  |  |         case R_386_TLS_LE:
 | 
      
         | 3937 | 225 | jeremybenn |           if (!info->executable)
 | 
      
         | 3938 | 24 | jeremybenn |             {
 | 
      
         | 3939 |  |  |               Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
 | 
      
         | 3940 |  |  |               asection *sreloc;
 | 
      
         | 3941 |  |  |               bfd_byte *loc;
 | 
      
         | 3942 |  |  |               int indx;
 | 
      
         | 3943 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3944 |  |  |               outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset
 | 
      
         | 3945 |  |  |                                 + input_section->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 3946 |  |  |                                 + input_section->output_offset;
 | 
      
         | 3947 |  |  |               if (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1)
 | 
      
         | 3948 |  |  |                 indx = h->dynindx;
 | 
      
         | 3949 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 3950 |  |  |                 indx = 0;
 | 
      
         | 3951 |  |  |               if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
 | 
      
         | 3952 |  |  |                 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF32);
 | 
      
         | 3953 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 3954 |  |  |                 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF);
 | 
      
         | 3955 |  |  |               sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
 | 
      
         | 3956 |  |  |               if (sreloc == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 3957 |  |  |                 abort ();
 | 
      
         | 3958 |  |  |               loc = sreloc->contents;
 | 
      
         | 3959 |  |  |               loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 3960 |  |  |               bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
 | 
      
         | 3961 |  |  |               if (indx)
 | 
      
         | 3962 |  |  |                 continue;
 | 
      
         | 3963 |  |  |               else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
 | 
      
         | 3964 | 225 | jeremybenn |                 relocation = elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation;
 | 
      
         | 3965 | 24 | jeremybenn |               else
 | 
      
         | 3966 | 225 | jeremybenn |                 relocation -= elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info);
 | 
      
         | 3967 | 24 | jeremybenn |             }
 | 
      
         | 3968 |  |  |           else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
 | 
      
         | 3969 | 225 | jeremybenn |             relocation = elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation);
 | 
      
         | 3970 | 24 | jeremybenn |           else
 | 
      
         | 3971 | 225 | jeremybenn |             relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation);
 | 
      
         | 3972 | 24 | jeremybenn |           break;
 | 
      
         | 3973 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3974 |  |  |         default:
 | 
      
         | 3975 |  |  |           break;
 | 
      
         | 3976 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 3977 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3978 |  |  |       /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
 | 
      
         | 3979 |  |  |          because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
 | 
      
         | 3980 |  |  |          not process them.  */
 | 
      
         | 3981 |  |  |       if (unresolved_reloc
 | 
      
         | 3982 |  |  |           && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
 | 
      
         | 3983 |  |  |                && h->def_dynamic))
 | 
      
         | 3984 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 3985 |  |  |           (*_bfd_error_handler)
 | 
      
         | 3986 |  |  |             (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
 | 
      
         | 3987 |  |  |              input_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 3988 |  |  |              input_section,
 | 
      
         | 3989 |  |  |              (long) rel->r_offset,
 | 
      
         | 3990 |  |  |              howto->name,
 | 
      
         | 3991 |  |  |              h->root.root.string);
 | 
      
         | 3992 |  |  |           return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 3993 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 3994 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 3995 | 225 | jeremybenn | do_relocation:
 | 
      
         | 3996 | 24 | jeremybenn |       r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
 | 
      
         | 3997 |  |  |                                     contents, rel->r_offset,
 | 
      
         | 3998 |  |  |                                     relocation, 0);
 | 
      
         | 3999 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4000 |  |  |       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
 | 
      
         | 4001 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 4002 |  |  |           const char *name;
 | 
      
         | 4003 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4004 |  |  |           if (h != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 4005 |  |  |             name = h->root.root.string;
 | 
      
         | 4006 |  |  |           else
 | 
      
         | 4007 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 4008 |  |  |               name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 4009 |  |  |                                                       symtab_hdr->sh_link,
 | 
      
         | 4010 |  |  |                                                       sym->st_name);
 | 
      
         | 4011 |  |  |               if (name == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 4012 |  |  |                 return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 4013 |  |  |               if (*name == '\0')
 | 
      
         | 4014 |  |  |                 name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
 | 
      
         | 4015 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 4016 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4017 |  |  |           if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
 | 
      
         | 4018 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 4019 |  |  |               if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
 | 
      
         | 4020 |  |  |                      (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
 | 
      
         | 4021 |  |  |                       (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
 | 
      
         | 4022 |  |  |                       rel->r_offset)))
 | 
      
         | 4023 |  |  |                 return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 4024 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 4025 |  |  |           else
 | 
      
         | 4026 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 4027 |  |  |               (*_bfd_error_handler)
 | 
      
         | 4028 |  |  |                 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
 | 
      
         | 4029 |  |  |                  input_bfd, input_section,
 | 
      
         | 4030 |  |  |                  (long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
 | 
      
         | 4031 |  |  |               return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 4032 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 4033 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 4034 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 4035 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4036 |  |  |   return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 4037 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 4038 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4039 |  |  | /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
 | 
      
         | 4040 |  |  |    dynamic sections here.  */
 | 
      
         | 4041 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4042 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 4043 |  |  | elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 4044 |  |  |                                 struct bfd_link_info *info,
 | 
      
         | 4045 |  |  |                                 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
 | 
      
         | 4046 |  |  |                                 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
 | 
      
         | 4047 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 4048 |  |  |   struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
 | 
      
         | 4049 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4050 |  |  |   htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
 | 
      
         | 4051 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4052 |  |  |   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
 | 
      
         | 4053 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 4054 |  |  |       bfd_vma plt_index;
 | 
      
         | 4055 |  |  |       bfd_vma got_offset;
 | 
      
         | 4056 |  |  |       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
 | 
      
         | 4057 |  |  |       bfd_byte *loc;
 | 
      
         | 4058 | 225 | jeremybenn |       asection *plt, *gotplt, *relplt;
 | 
      
         | 4059 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 4060 | 225 | jeremybenn |       /* When building a static executable, use .iplt, .igot.plt and
 | 
      
         | 4061 |  |  |          .rel.iplt sections for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
 | 
      
         | 4062 |  |  |       if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
 | 
      
         | 4063 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 4064 |  |  |           plt = htab->elf.splt;
 | 
      
         | 4065 |  |  |           gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
 | 
      
         | 4066 |  |  |           relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
 | 
      
         | 4067 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 4068 |  |  |       else
 | 
      
         | 4069 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 4070 |  |  |           plt = htab->elf.iplt;
 | 
      
         | 4071 |  |  |           gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt;
 | 
      
         | 4072 |  |  |           relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
 | 
      
         | 4073 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 4074 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4075 | 24 | jeremybenn |       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
 | 
      
         | 4076 |  |  |          it up.  */
 | 
      
         | 4077 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4078 | 225 | jeremybenn |       if ((h->dynindx == -1
 | 
      
         | 4079 |  |  |            && !((h->forced_local || info->executable)
 | 
      
         | 4080 |  |  |                 && h->def_regular
 | 
      
         | 4081 |  |  |                 && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
 | 
      
         | 4082 |  |  |           || plt == NULL
 | 
      
         | 4083 |  |  |           || gotplt == NULL
 | 
      
         | 4084 |  |  |           || relplt == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 4085 | 24 | jeremybenn |         abort ();
 | 
      
         | 4086 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4087 |  |  |       /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
 | 
      
         | 4088 |  |  |          corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
 | 
      
         | 4089 |  |  |          in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
 | 
      
         | 4090 | 225 | jeremybenn |          first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.
 | 
      
         | 4091 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 4092 | 225 | jeremybenn |          Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
 | 
      
         | 4093 | 24 | jeremybenn |          corresponds to this function.  Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
 | 
      
         | 4094 | 225 | jeremybenn |          The first three are reserved.
 | 
      
         | 4095 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4096 |  |  |          For static executables, we don't reserve anything.  */
 | 
      
         | 4097 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 4098 | 225 | jeremybenn |       if (plt == htab->elf.splt)
 | 
      
         | 4099 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 4100 |  |  |           plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - 1;
 | 
      
         | 4101 |  |  |           got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
 | 
      
         | 4102 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 4103 |  |  |       else
 | 
      
         | 4104 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 4105 |  |  |           plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
 | 
      
         | 4106 |  |  |           got_offset = plt_index * 4;
 | 
      
         | 4107 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 4108 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4109 | 24 | jeremybenn |       /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
 | 
      
         | 4110 |  |  |       if (! info->shared)
 | 
      
         | 4111 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 4112 | 225 | jeremybenn |           memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, elf_i386_plt_entry,
 | 
      
         | 4113 | 24 | jeremybenn |                   PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
 | 
      
         | 4114 |  |  |           bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 4115 | 225 | jeremybenn |                       (gotplt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 4116 |  |  |                        + gotplt->output_offset
 | 
      
         | 4117 | 24 | jeremybenn |                        + got_offset),
 | 
      
         | 4118 | 225 | jeremybenn |                       plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 2);
 | 
      
         | 4119 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 4120 |  |  |           if (htab->is_vxworks)
 | 
      
         | 4121 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 4122 |  |  |               int s, k, reloc_index;
 | 
      
         | 4123 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4124 |  |  |               /* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the GOT
 | 
      
         | 4125 |  |  |                  for this PLT entry.  */
 | 
      
         | 4126 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4127 |  |  |               /* S: Current slot number (zero-based).  */
 | 
      
         | 4128 |  |  |               s = (h->plt.offset - PLT_ENTRY_SIZE) / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
 | 
      
         | 4129 |  |  |               /* K: Number of relocations for PLTResolve. */
 | 
      
         | 4130 |  |  |               if (info->shared)
 | 
      
         | 4131 |  |  |                 k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB;
 | 
      
         | 4132 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 4133 |  |  |                 k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS;
 | 
      
         | 4134 |  |  |               /* Skip the PLTresolve relocations, and the relocations for
 | 
      
         | 4135 |  |  |                  the other PLT slots. */
 | 
      
         | 4136 |  |  |               reloc_index = k + s * PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS;
 | 
      
         | 4137 |  |  |               loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents + reloc_index
 | 
      
         | 4138 |  |  |                      * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
 | 
      
         | 4139 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4140 | 225 | jeremybenn |               rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 4141 |  |  |                               + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
 | 
      
         | 4142 | 24 | jeremybenn |                               + h->plt.offset + 2),
 | 
      
         | 4143 |  |  |               rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
 | 
      
         | 4144 |  |  |               bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
 | 
      
         | 4145 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4146 |  |  |               /* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the beginning of
 | 
      
         | 4147 |  |  |                  the PLT for this GOT entry.  */
 | 
      
         | 4148 | 225 | jeremybenn |               rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 4149 |  |  |                               + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
 | 
      
         | 4150 | 24 | jeremybenn |                               + got_offset);
 | 
      
         | 4151 |  |  |               rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_386_32);
 | 
      
         | 4152 |  |  |               bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
 | 
      
         | 4153 |  |  |               loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
 | 
      
         | 4154 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 4155 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 4156 |  |  |       else
 | 
      
         | 4157 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 4158 | 225 | jeremybenn |           memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, elf_i386_pic_plt_entry,
 | 
      
         | 4159 | 24 | jeremybenn |                   PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
 | 
      
         | 4160 |  |  |           bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset,
 | 
      
         | 4161 | 225 | jeremybenn |                       plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 2);
 | 
      
         | 4162 | 24 | jeremybenn |         }
 | 
      
         | 4163 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4164 | 225 | jeremybenn |       /* Don't fill PLT entry for static executables.  */
 | 
      
         | 4165 |  |  |       if (plt == htab->elf.splt)
 | 
      
         | 4166 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 4167 |  |  |           bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
 | 
      
         | 4168 |  |  |                       plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 7);
 | 
      
         | 4169 |  |  |           bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, - (h->plt.offset + PLT_ENTRY_SIZE),
 | 
      
         | 4170 |  |  |                       plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 12);
 | 
      
         | 4171 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 4172 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 4173 |  |  |       /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
 | 
      
         | 4174 |  |  |       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 4175 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   (plt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 4176 |  |  |                    + plt->output_offset
 | 
      
         | 4177 | 24 | jeremybenn |                    + h->plt.offset
 | 
      
         | 4178 |  |  |                    + 6),
 | 
      
         | 4179 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   gotplt->contents + got_offset);
 | 
      
         | 4180 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 4181 |  |  |       /* Fill in the entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
 | 
      
         | 4182 | 225 | jeremybenn |       rel.r_offset = (gotplt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 4183 |  |  |                       + gotplt->output_offset
 | 
      
         | 4184 | 24 | jeremybenn |                       + got_offset);
 | 
      
         | 4185 | 225 | jeremybenn |       if (h->dynindx == -1
 | 
      
         | 4186 |  |  |           || ((info->executable
 | 
      
         | 4187 |  |  |                || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
 | 
      
         | 4188 |  |  |               && h->def_regular
 | 
      
         | 4189 |  |  |                && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
 | 
      
         | 4190 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 4191 |  |  |           /* If an STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol is locally defined, generate
 | 
      
         | 4192 |  |  |              R_386_IRELATIVE instead of R_386_JUMP_SLOT.  Store addend
 | 
      
         | 4193 |  |  |              in the .got.plt section.  */
 | 
      
         | 4194 |  |  |           bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 4195 |  |  |                       (h->root.u.def.value
 | 
      
         | 4196 |  |  |                        + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 4197 |  |  |                        + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset),
 | 
      
         | 4198 |  |  |                       gotplt->contents + got_offset);
 | 
      
         | 4199 |  |  |           rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE);
 | 
      
         | 4200 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 4201 |  |  |       else
 | 
      
         | 4202 |  |  |         rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_JUMP_SLOT);
 | 
      
         | 4203 |  |  |       loc = relplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 4204 | 24 | jeremybenn |       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
 | 
      
         | 4205 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4206 |  |  |       if (!h->def_regular)
 | 
      
         | 4207 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 4208 |  |  |           /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
 | 
      
         | 4209 |  |  |              the .plt section.  Leave the value if there were any
 | 
      
         | 4210 |  |  |              relocations where pointer equality matters (this is a clue
 | 
      
         | 4211 |  |  |              for the dynamic linker, to make function pointer
 | 
      
         | 4212 |  |  |              comparisons work between an application and shared
 | 
      
         | 4213 |  |  |              library), otherwise set it to zero.  If a function is only
 | 
      
         | 4214 |  |  |              called from a binary, there is no need to slow down
 | 
      
         | 4215 |  |  |              shared libraries because of that.  */
 | 
      
         | 4216 |  |  |           sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
 | 
      
         | 4217 |  |  |           if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
 | 
      
         | 4218 |  |  |             sym->st_value = 0;
 | 
      
         | 4219 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 4220 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 4221 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4222 |  |  |   if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
 | 
      
         | 4223 |  |  |       && ! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type)
 | 
      
         | 4224 |  |  |       && (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0)
 | 
      
         | 4225 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 4226 |  |  |       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
 | 
      
         | 4227 |  |  |       bfd_byte *loc;
 | 
      
         | 4228 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4229 |  |  |       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
 | 
      
         | 4230 |  |  |          up.  */
 | 
      
         | 4231 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4232 | 225 | jeremybenn |       if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL || htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 4233 | 24 | jeremybenn |         abort ();
 | 
      
         | 4234 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4235 | 225 | jeremybenn |       rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 4236 |  |  |                       + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
 | 
      
         | 4237 | 24 | jeremybenn |                       + (h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1));
 | 
      
         | 4238 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4239 |  |  |       /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
 | 
      
         | 4240 |  |  |          symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
 | 
      
         | 4241 |  |  |          of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
 | 
      
         | 4242 |  |  |          The entry in the global offset table will already have been
 | 
      
         | 4243 |  |  |          initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
 | 
      
         | 4244 | 225 | jeremybenn |       if (h->def_regular
 | 
      
         | 4245 |  |  |           && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
 | 
      
         | 4246 | 24 | jeremybenn |         {
 | 
      
         | 4247 | 225 | jeremybenn |           if (info->shared)
 | 
      
         | 4248 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 4249 |  |  |               /* Generate R_386_GLOB_DAT.  */
 | 
      
         | 4250 |  |  |               goto do_glob_dat;
 | 
      
         | 4251 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 4252 |  |  |           else
 | 
      
         | 4253 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 4254 |  |  |               if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
 | 
      
         | 4255 |  |  |                 abort ();
 | 
      
         | 4256 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4257 |  |  |               /* For non-shared object, we can't use .got.plt, which
 | 
      
         | 4258 |  |  |                  contains the real function addres if we need pointer
 | 
      
         | 4259 |  |  |                  equality.  We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry.  */
 | 
      
         | 4260 |  |  |               asection *plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt;
 | 
      
         | 4261 |  |  |               bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 4262 |  |  |                           (plt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 4263 |  |  |                            + plt->output_offset + h->plt.offset),
 | 
      
         | 4264 |  |  |                           htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
 | 
      
         | 4265 |  |  |               return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 4266 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 4267 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 4268 |  |  |       else if (info->shared
 | 
      
         | 4269 |  |  |                && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
 | 
      
         | 4270 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 4271 | 24 | jeremybenn |           BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) != 0);
 | 
      
         | 4272 |  |  |           rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
 | 
      
         | 4273 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 4274 |  |  |       else
 | 
      
         | 4275 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 4276 |  |  |           BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) == 0);
 | 
      
         | 4277 | 225 | jeremybenn | do_glob_dat:
 | 
      
         | 4278 | 24 | jeremybenn |           bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
 | 
      
         | 4279 | 225 | jeremybenn |                       htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
 | 
      
         | 4280 | 24 | jeremybenn |           rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_GLOB_DAT);
 | 
      
         | 4281 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 4282 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4283 | 225 | jeremybenn |       loc = htab->elf.srelgot->contents;
 | 
      
         | 4284 |  |  |       loc += htab->elf.srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 4285 | 24 | jeremybenn |       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
 | 
      
         | 4286 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 4287 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4288 |  |  |   if (h->needs_copy)
 | 
      
         | 4289 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 4290 |  |  |       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
 | 
      
         | 4291 |  |  |       bfd_byte *loc;
 | 
      
         | 4292 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4293 |  |  |       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
 | 
      
         | 4294 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4295 |  |  |       if (h->dynindx == -1
 | 
      
         | 4296 |  |  |           || (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
 | 
      
         | 4297 |  |  |               && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
 | 
      
         | 4298 |  |  |           || htab->srelbss == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 4299 |  |  |         abort ();
 | 
      
         | 4300 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4301 |  |  |       rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
 | 
      
         | 4302 |  |  |                       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 4303 |  |  |                       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
 | 
      
         | 4304 |  |  |       rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_COPY);
 | 
      
         | 4305 |  |  |       loc = htab->srelbss->contents;
 | 
      
         | 4306 |  |  |       loc += htab->srelbss->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 4307 |  |  |       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
 | 
      
         | 4308 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 4309 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4310 | 225 | jeremybenn |   /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  SYM may
 | 
      
         | 4311 |  |  |      be NULL for local symbols.
 | 
      
         | 4312 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4313 | 24 | jeremybenn |      On VxWorks, the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol is not absolute: it
 | 
      
         | 4314 |  |  |      is relative to the ".got" section.  */
 | 
      
         | 4315 | 225 | jeremybenn |   if (sym != NULL
 | 
      
         | 4316 |  |  |       && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
 | 
      
         | 4317 |  |  |           || (!htab->is_vxworks && h == htab->elf.hgot)))
 | 
      
         | 4318 | 24 | jeremybenn |     sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
 | 
      
         | 4319 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4320 |  |  |   return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 4321 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 4322 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4323 | 225 | jeremybenn | /* Finish up local dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of
 | 
      
         | 4324 |  |  |    various dynamic sections here.  */
 | 
      
         | 4325 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4326 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 4327 |  |  | elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol (void **slot, void *inf)
 | 
      
         | 4328 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 4329 |  |  |   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
 | 
      
         | 4330 |  |  |     = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
 | 
      
         | 4331 |  |  |   struct bfd_link_info *info
 | 
      
         | 4332 |  |  |     = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
 | 
      
         | 4333 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4334 |  |  |   return elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, info,
 | 
      
         | 4335 |  |  |                                          h, NULL);
 | 
      
         | 4336 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 4337 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4338 | 24 | jeremybenn | /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
 | 
      
         | 4339 |  |  |    dynamic linker, before writing them out.  */
 | 
      
         | 4340 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4341 |  |  | static enum elf_reloc_type_class
 | 
      
         | 4342 |  |  | elf_i386_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
 | 
      
         | 4343 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 4344 |  |  |   switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
 | 
      
         | 4345 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 4346 |  |  |     case R_386_RELATIVE:
 | 
      
         | 4347 |  |  |       return reloc_class_relative;
 | 
      
         | 4348 |  |  |     case R_386_JUMP_SLOT:
 | 
      
         | 4349 |  |  |       return reloc_class_plt;
 | 
      
         | 4350 |  |  |     case R_386_COPY:
 | 
      
         | 4351 |  |  |       return reloc_class_copy;
 | 
      
         | 4352 |  |  |     default:
 | 
      
         | 4353 |  |  |       return reloc_class_normal;
 | 
      
         | 4354 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 4355 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 4356 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4357 |  |  | /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
 | 
      
         | 4358 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4359 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 4360 |  |  | elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 4361 |  |  |                                   struct bfd_link_info *info)
 | 
      
         | 4362 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 4363 |  |  |   struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
 | 
      
         | 4364 |  |  |   bfd *dynobj;
 | 
      
         | 4365 |  |  |   asection *sdyn;
 | 
      
         | 4366 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4367 |  |  |   htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
 | 
      
         | 4368 |  |  |   dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
 | 
      
         | 4369 |  |  |   sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
 | 
      
         | 4370 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4371 |  |  |   if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
 | 
      
         | 4372 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 4373 |  |  |       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
 | 
      
         | 4374 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4375 | 225 | jeremybenn |       if (sdyn == NULL || htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 4376 | 24 | jeremybenn |         abort ();
 | 
      
         | 4377 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4378 |  |  |       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
 | 
      
         | 4379 |  |  |       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
 | 
      
         | 4380 |  |  |       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
 | 
      
         | 4381 |  |  |         {
 | 
      
         | 4382 |  |  |           Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
 | 
      
         | 4383 |  |  |           asection *s;
 | 
      
         | 4384 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4385 |  |  |           bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
 | 
      
         | 4386 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4387 |  |  |           switch (dyn.d_tag)
 | 
      
         | 4388 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 4389 |  |  |             default:
 | 
      
         | 4390 |  |  |               if (htab->is_vxworks
 | 
      
         | 4391 |  |  |                   && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
 | 
      
         | 4392 |  |  |                 break;
 | 
      
         | 4393 |  |  |               continue;
 | 
      
         | 4394 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4395 |  |  |             case DT_PLTGOT:
 | 
      
         | 4396 | 225 | jeremybenn |               s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
 | 
      
         | 4397 | 24 | jeremybenn |               dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
 | 
      
         | 4398 |  |  |               break;
 | 
      
         | 4399 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4400 |  |  |             case DT_JMPREL:
 | 
      
         | 4401 | 225 | jeremybenn |               s = htab->elf.srelplt;
 | 
      
         | 4402 | 24 | jeremybenn |               dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
 | 
      
         | 4403 |  |  |               break;
 | 
      
         | 4404 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4405 |  |  |             case DT_PLTRELSZ:
 | 
      
         | 4406 | 225 | jeremybenn |               s = htab->elf.srelplt;
 | 
      
         | 4407 | 24 | jeremybenn |               dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
 | 
      
         | 4408 |  |  |               break;
 | 
      
         | 4409 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4410 |  |  |             case DT_RELSZ:
 | 
      
         | 4411 |  |  |               /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
 | 
      
         | 4412 |  |  |                  procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
 | 
      
         | 4413 |  |  |                  included in the overall relocs (DT_REL).  This is
 | 
      
         | 4414 |  |  |                  what Solaris does.  However, UnixWare can not handle
 | 
      
         | 4415 |  |  |                  that case.  Therefore, we override the DT_RELSZ entry
 | 
      
         | 4416 |  |  |                  here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  */
 | 
      
         | 4417 | 225 | jeremybenn |               s = htab->elf.srelplt;
 | 
      
         | 4418 | 24 | jeremybenn |               if (s == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 4419 |  |  |                 continue;
 | 
      
         | 4420 |  |  |               dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
 | 
      
         | 4421 |  |  |               break;
 | 
      
         | 4422 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4423 |  |  |             case DT_REL:
 | 
      
         | 4424 |  |  |               /* We may not be using the standard ELF linker script.
 | 
      
         | 4425 |  |  |                  If .rel.plt is the first .rel section, we adjust
 | 
      
         | 4426 |  |  |                  DT_REL to not include it.  */
 | 
      
         | 4427 | 225 | jeremybenn |               s = htab->elf.srelplt;
 | 
      
         | 4428 | 24 | jeremybenn |               if (s == NULL)
 | 
      
         | 4429 |  |  |                 continue;
 | 
      
         | 4430 |  |  |               if (dyn.d_un.d_ptr != s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset)
 | 
      
         | 4431 |  |  |                 continue;
 | 
      
         | 4432 |  |  |               dyn.d_un.d_ptr += s->size;
 | 
      
         | 4433 |  |  |               break;
 | 
      
         | 4434 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 4435 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4436 |  |  |           bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
 | 
      
         | 4437 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 4438 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4439 |  |  |       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
 | 
      
         | 4440 | 225 | jeremybenn |       if (htab->elf.splt && htab->elf.splt->size > 0)
 | 
      
         | 4441 | 24 | jeremybenn |         {
 | 
      
         | 4442 |  |  |           if (info->shared)
 | 
      
         | 4443 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 4444 | 225 | jeremybenn |               memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents, elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry,
 | 
      
         | 4445 | 24 | jeremybenn |                       sizeof (elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry));
 | 
      
         | 4446 | 225 | jeremybenn |               memset (htab->elf.splt->contents + sizeof (elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry),
 | 
      
         | 4447 | 24 | jeremybenn |                       htab->plt0_pad_byte,
 | 
      
         | 4448 |  |  |                       PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - sizeof (elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry));
 | 
      
         | 4449 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 4450 |  |  |           else
 | 
      
         | 4451 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 4452 | 225 | jeremybenn |               memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents, elf_i386_plt0_entry,
 | 
      
         | 4453 | 24 | jeremybenn |                       sizeof(elf_i386_plt0_entry));
 | 
      
         | 4454 | 225 | jeremybenn |               memset (htab->elf.splt->contents + sizeof (elf_i386_plt0_entry),
 | 
      
         | 4455 | 24 | jeremybenn |                       htab->plt0_pad_byte,
 | 
      
         | 4456 |  |  |                       PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - sizeof (elf_i386_plt0_entry));
 | 
      
         | 4457 |  |  |               bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 4458 | 225 | jeremybenn |                           (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 4459 |  |  |                            + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
 | 
      
         | 4460 | 24 | jeremybenn |                            + 4),
 | 
      
         | 4461 | 225 | jeremybenn |                           htab->elf.splt->contents + 2);
 | 
      
         | 4462 | 24 | jeremybenn |               bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 4463 | 225 | jeremybenn |                           (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 4464 |  |  |                            + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
 | 
      
         | 4465 | 24 | jeremybenn |                            + 8),
 | 
      
         | 4466 | 225 | jeremybenn |                           htab->elf.splt->contents + 8);
 | 
      
         | 4467 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 4468 |  |  |               if (htab->is_vxworks)
 | 
      
         | 4469 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 4470 |  |  |                   Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
 | 
      
         | 4471 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4472 |  |  |                   /* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 4.
 | 
      
         | 4473 |  |  |                      On IA32 we use REL relocations so the addend goes in
 | 
      
         | 4474 |  |  |                      the PLT directly.  */
 | 
      
         | 4475 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 4476 |  |  |                                   + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
 | 
      
         | 4477 | 24 | jeremybenn |                                   + 2);
 | 
      
         | 4478 |  |  |                   rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
 | 
      
         | 4479 |  |  |                   bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
 | 
      
         | 4480 |  |  |                                             htab->srelplt2->contents);
 | 
      
         | 4481 |  |  |                   /* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
 | 
      
         | 4482 | 225 | jeremybenn |                   rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
 | 
      
         | 4483 |  |  |                                   + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
 | 
      
         | 4484 | 24 | jeremybenn |                                   + 8);
 | 
      
         | 4485 |  |  |                   rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
 | 
      
         | 4486 |  |  |                   bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
 | 
      
         | 4487 |  |  |                                             htab->srelplt2->contents +
 | 
      
         | 4488 |  |  |                                             sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
 | 
      
         | 4489 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 4490 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 4491 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4492 |  |  |           /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
 | 
      
         | 4493 |  |  |              really seem like the right value.  */
 | 
      
         | 4494 | 225 | jeremybenn |           elf_section_data (htab->elf.splt->output_section)
 | 
      
         | 4495 | 24 | jeremybenn |             ->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
 | 
      
         | 4496 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4497 |  |  |           /* Correct the .rel.plt.unloaded relocations.  */
 | 
      
         | 4498 |  |  |           if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
 | 
      
         | 4499 |  |  |             {
 | 
      
         | 4500 | 225 | jeremybenn |               int num_plts = (htab->elf.splt->size / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE) - 1;
 | 
      
         | 4501 | 24 | jeremybenn |               unsigned char *p;
 | 
      
         | 4502 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4503 |  |  |               p = htab->srelplt2->contents;
 | 
      
         | 4504 |  |  |               if (info->shared)
 | 
      
         | 4505 |  |  |                 p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 4506 |  |  |               else
 | 
      
         | 4507 |  |  |                 p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 4508 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4509 |  |  |               for (; num_plts; num_plts--)
 | 
      
         | 4510 |  |  |                 {
 | 
      
         | 4511 |  |  |                   Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
 | 
      
         | 4512 |  |  |                   bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel);
 | 
      
         | 4513 |  |  |                   rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
 | 
      
         | 4514 |  |  |                   bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p);
 | 
      
         | 4515 |  |  |                   p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 4516 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4517 |  |  |                   bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel);
 | 
      
         | 4518 |  |  |                   rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_386_32);
 | 
      
         | 4519 |  |  |                   bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p);
 | 
      
         | 4520 |  |  |                   p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
 | 
      
         | 4521 |  |  |                 }
 | 
      
         | 4522 |  |  |             }
 | 
      
         | 4523 |  |  |         }
 | 
      
         | 4524 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 4525 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4526 | 225 | jeremybenn |   if (htab->elf.sgotplt)
 | 
      
         | 4527 | 24 | jeremybenn |     {
 | 
      
         | 4528 |  |  |       /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
 | 
      
         | 4529 | 225 | jeremybenn |       if (htab->elf.sgotplt->size > 0)
 | 
      
         | 4530 | 24 | jeremybenn |         {
 | 
      
         | 4531 |  |  |           bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
 | 
      
         | 4532 |  |  |                       (sdyn == NULL ? 0
 | 
      
         | 4533 |  |  |                        : sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset),
 | 
      
         | 4534 | 225 | jeremybenn |                       htab->elf.sgotplt->contents);
 | 
      
         | 4535 |  |  |           bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 4);
 | 
      
         | 4536 |  |  |           bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 8);
 | 
      
         | 4537 | 24 | jeremybenn |         }
 | 
      
         | 4538 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4539 | 225 | jeremybenn |       elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
 | 
      
         | 4540 | 24 | jeremybenn |     }
 | 
      
         | 4541 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4542 | 225 | jeremybenn |   if (htab->elf.sgot && htab->elf.sgot->size > 0)
 | 
      
         | 4543 |  |  |     elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
 | 
      
         | 4544 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 4545 | 225 | jeremybenn |   /* Fill PLT and GOT entries for local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
 | 
      
         | 4546 |  |  |   htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
 | 
      
         | 4547 |  |  |                  elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol,
 | 
      
         | 4548 |  |  |                  info);
 | 
      
         | 4549 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4550 | 24 | jeremybenn |   return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 4551 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 4552 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4553 |  |  | /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
 | 
      
         | 4554 |  |  |    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
 | 
      
         | 4555 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4556 |  |  | static bfd_vma
 | 
      
         | 4557 |  |  | elf_i386_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
 | 
      
         | 4558 |  |  |                       const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
 | 
      
         | 4559 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 4560 |  |  |   return plt->vma + (i + 1) * PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
 | 
      
         | 4561 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 4562 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4563 |  |  | /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section.  */
 | 
      
         | 4564 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4565 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 4566 |  |  | elf_i386_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
 | 
      
         | 4567 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 4568 |  |  |   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
 | 
      
         | 4569 |  |  |       && !h->def_regular
 | 
      
         | 4570 |  |  |       && !h->pointer_equality_needed)
 | 
      
         | 4571 |  |  |     return FALSE;
 | 
      
         | 4572 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4573 |  |  |   return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
 | 
      
         | 4574 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 4575 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4576 | 225 | jeremybenn | /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
 | 
      
         | 4577 |  |  |    file.  */
 | 
      
         | 4578 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4579 |  |  | static bfd_boolean
 | 
      
         | 4580 |  |  | elf_i386_add_symbol_hook (bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
 | 
      
         | 4581 |  |  |                           struct bfd_link_info * info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
 | 
      
         | 4582 |  |  |                           Elf_Internal_Sym * sym,
 | 
      
         | 4583 |  |  |                           const char ** namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
 | 
      
         | 4584 |  |  |                           flagword * flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
 | 
      
         | 4585 |  |  |                           asection ** secp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
 | 
      
         | 4586 |  |  |                           bfd_vma * valp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
 | 
      
         | 4587 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 4588 |  |  |   if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
 | 
      
         | 4589 |  |  |     elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_ifunc_symbols = TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 4590 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4591 |  |  |   return TRUE;
 | 
      
         | 4592 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 4593 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4594 | 24 | jeremybenn | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_i386_vec
 | 
      
         | 4595 |  |  | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-i386"
 | 
      
         | 4596 |  |  | #define ELF_ARCH                        bfd_arch_i386
 | 
      
         | 4597 |  |  | #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE                EM_386
 | 
      
         | 4598 |  |  | #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE                 0x1000
 | 
      
         | 4599 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4600 |  |  | #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections     1
 | 
      
         | 4601 |  |  | #define elf_backend_can_refcount        1
 | 
      
         | 4602 |  |  | #define elf_backend_want_got_plt        1
 | 
      
         | 4603 |  |  | #define elf_backend_plt_readonly        1
 | 
      
         | 4604 |  |  | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym        0
 | 
      
         | 4605 |  |  | #define elf_backend_got_header_size     12
 | 
      
         | 4606 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4607 |  |  | /* Support RELA for objdump of prelink objects.  */
 | 
      
         | 4608 |  |  | #define elf_info_to_howto                     elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel
 | 
      
         | 4609 |  |  | #define elf_info_to_howto_rel                 elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel
 | 
      
         | 4610 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4611 |  |  | #define bfd_elf32_mkobject                    elf_i386_mkobject
 | 
      
         | 4612 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4613 |  |  | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_is_local_label_name     elf_i386_is_local_label_name
 | 
      
         | 4614 |  |  | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create  elf_i386_link_hash_table_create
 | 
      
         | 4615 | 225 | jeremybenn | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_free    elf_i386_link_hash_table_free
 | 
      
         | 4616 | 24 | jeremybenn | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup       elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup
 | 
      
         | 4617 |  |  | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup       elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup
 | 
      
         | 4618 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4619 |  |  | #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol     elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol
 | 
      
         | 4620 |  |  | #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible         _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
 | 
      
         | 4621 |  |  | #define elf_backend_check_relocs              elf_i386_check_relocs
 | 
      
         | 4622 |  |  | #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol      elf_i386_copy_indirect_symbol
 | 
      
         | 4623 |  |  | #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections   elf_i386_create_dynamic_sections
 | 
      
         | 4624 |  |  | #define elf_backend_fake_sections             elf_i386_fake_sections
 | 
      
         | 4625 |  |  | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections   elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections
 | 
      
         | 4626 |  |  | #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol     elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol
 | 
      
         | 4627 |  |  | #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook              elf_i386_gc_mark_hook
 | 
      
         | 4628 |  |  | #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook             elf_i386_gc_sweep_hook
 | 
      
         | 4629 |  |  | #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus             elf_i386_grok_prstatus
 | 
      
         | 4630 |  |  | #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo               elf_i386_grok_psinfo
 | 
      
         | 4631 |  |  | #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class          elf_i386_reloc_type_class
 | 
      
         | 4632 |  |  | #define elf_backend_relocate_section          elf_i386_relocate_section
 | 
      
         | 4633 |  |  | #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections     elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections
 | 
      
         | 4634 |  |  | #define elf_backend_always_size_sections      elf_i386_always_size_sections
 | 
      
         | 4635 |  |  | #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym \
 | 
      
         | 4636 |  |  |   ((bfd_boolean (*) (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *)) bfd_true)
 | 
      
         | 4637 |  |  | #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val               elf_i386_plt_sym_val
 | 
      
         | 4638 |  |  | #define elf_backend_hash_symbol               elf_i386_hash_symbol
 | 
      
         | 4639 | 225 | jeremybenn | #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook           elf_i386_add_symbol_hook
 | 
      
         | 4640 |  |  | #undef  elf_backend_post_process_headers
 | 
      
         | 4641 |  |  | #define elf_backend_post_process_headers        _bfd_elf_set_osabi
 | 
      
         | 4642 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 4643 |  |  | #include "elf32-target.h"
 | 
      
         | 4644 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4645 |  |  | /* FreeBSD support.  */
 | 
      
         | 4646 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4647 |  |  | #undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
 | 
      
         | 4648 |  |  | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_i386_freebsd_vec
 | 
      
         | 4649 |  |  | #undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
 | 
      
         | 4650 |  |  | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-i386-freebsd"
 | 
      
         | 4651 |  |  | #undef  ELF_OSABI
 | 
      
         | 4652 |  |  | #define ELF_OSABI                       ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
 | 
      
         | 4653 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4654 |  |  | /* The kernel recognizes executables as valid only if they carry a
 | 
      
         | 4655 |  |  |    "FreeBSD" label in the ELF header.  So we put this label on all
 | 
      
         | 4656 |  |  |    executables and (for simplicity) also all other object files.  */
 | 
      
         | 4657 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4658 |  |  | static void
 | 
      
         | 4659 | 225 | jeremybenn | elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
 | 
      
         | 4660 | 24 | jeremybenn | {
 | 
      
         | 4661 | 225 | jeremybenn |   _bfd_elf_set_osabi (abfd, info);
 | 
      
         | 4662 | 24 | jeremybenn |  
 | 
      
         | 4663 |  |  | #ifdef OLD_FREEBSD_ABI_LABEL
 | 
      
         | 4664 |  |  |   /* The ABI label supported by FreeBSD <= 4.0 is quite nonstandard.  */
 | 
      
         | 4665 |  |  |   memcpy (&i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION], "FreeBSD", 8);
 | 
      
         | 4666 |  |  | #endif
 | 
      
         | 4667 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 4668 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4669 |  |  | #undef  elf_backend_post_process_headers
 | 
      
         | 4670 | 225 | jeremybenn | #define elf_backend_post_process_headers        elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers
 | 
      
         | 4671 | 24 | jeremybenn | #undef  elf32_bed
 | 
      
         | 4672 |  |  | #define elf32_bed                               elf32_i386_fbsd_bed
 | 
      
         | 4673 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4674 | 225 | jeremybenn | #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
 | 
      
         | 4675 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4676 | 24 | jeremybenn | #include "elf32-target.h"
 | 
      
         | 4677 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4678 |  |  | /* VxWorks support.  */
 | 
      
         | 4679 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4680 |  |  | #undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
 | 
      
         | 4681 |  |  | #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_i386_vxworks_vec
 | 
      
         | 4682 |  |  | #undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
 | 
      
         | 4683 |  |  | #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-i386-vxworks"
 | 
      
         | 4684 |  |  | #undef  ELF_OSABI
 | 
      
         | 4685 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4686 |  |  | /* Like elf_i386_link_hash_table_create but with tweaks for VxWorks.  */
 | 
      
         | 4687 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4688 |  |  | static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
 | 
      
         | 4689 |  |  | elf_i386_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
 | 
      
         | 4690 |  |  | {
 | 
      
         | 4691 |  |  |   struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
 | 
      
         | 4692 |  |  |   struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
 | 
      
         | 4693 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4694 |  |  |   ret = elf_i386_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
 | 
      
         | 4695 |  |  |   if (ret)
 | 
      
         | 4696 |  |  |     {
 | 
      
         | 4697 |  |  |       htab = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) ret;
 | 
      
         | 4698 |  |  |       htab->is_vxworks = 1;
 | 
      
         | 4699 |  |  |       htab->plt0_pad_byte = 0x90;
 | 
      
         | 4700 |  |  |     }
 | 
      
         | 4701 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4702 |  |  |   return ret;
 | 
      
         | 4703 |  |  | }
 | 
      
         | 4704 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4705 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4706 |  |  | #undef elf_backend_relocs_compatible
 | 
      
         | 4707 |  |  | #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
 | 
      
         | 4708 |  |  | #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
 | 
      
         | 4709 |  |  | #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
 | 
      
         | 4710 |  |  |   elf_i386_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
 | 
      
         | 4711 |  |  | #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
 | 
      
         | 4712 |  |  | #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
 | 
      
         | 4713 |  |  |   elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
 | 
      
         | 4714 |  |  | #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
 | 
      
         | 4715 |  |  | #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
 | 
      
         | 4716 |  |  |   elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
 | 
      
         | 4717 |  |  | #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
 | 
      
         | 4718 |  |  | #define elf_backend_emit_relocs                 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
 | 
      
         | 4719 |  |  | #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
 | 
      
         | 4720 |  |  | #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
 | 
      
         | 4721 |  |  |   elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
 | 
      
         | 4722 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4723 |  |  | /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
 | 
      
         | 4724 |  |  |    define it.  */
 | 
      
         | 4725 |  |  | #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
 | 
      
         | 4726 |  |  | #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym        1
 | 
      
         | 4727 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4728 |  |  | #undef  elf32_bed
 | 
      
         | 4729 |  |  | #define elf32_bed                               elf32_i386_vxworks_bed
 | 
      
         | 4730 |  |  |  
 | 
      
         | 4731 |  |  | #include "elf32-target.h"
 |